Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

even to the half

  • 1 in provincial theatres half the people do not even know the patter

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > in provincial theatres half the people do not even know the patter

  • 2 even if

    1. хотя бы; даже если
    2. даже если

    if need be — если бы потребовалось, в случае нужды

    3. даже если бы
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. although (other) admitting; albeit; although; notwithstanding
    2. even though (other) even though; granting that; if

    English-Russian base dictionary > even if

  • 3 even so

    даже при этих условиях The bus was only half full. Even so, a young man asked Nina if the seat next to her was taken. ≈ Автобус был наполовину пустой. Несмотря на это, молодой человек спросил у Нины, свободно ли место рядом с ней. все-таки ;

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > even so

  • 4 even so

    The bus was only half full. Even so, a young man asked Nina if the seat next to her was taken. — Автобус был наполовину пуст. Несмотря на это, молодой человек спросил у Нины, свободно ли место рядом с ней.

    Англо-русский современный словарь > even so

  • 5 too clever by half

    разг.; ирон.
    (too clever (good, etc.) by half)
    слишком уж умён (хорош и. т. д.)

    Know his paper - best of the weeklies; but too clever by half. (J. Galsworthy, ‘The Silver Spoon’, part II, ch. IV) — Знаю его еженедельник - один из лучших. Но слишком умничает.

    Billy: "Don't worry, old man - you look gorgeous." Reg (turning): "Oh, it's you, is it?" Billy: "All ready for the ball and chain?" Reg: "You're too bloody cheerful by half." (N. Coward, ‘This Happy Breed’, act II, sc. 1) — Билли: "Не беспокойся, старина. У тебя отличный вид." Рег (обернувшись): "А, это ты?" Билли: "Готовишься надеть цепи брака?" Рег: "что-то ты не в меру развеселился, черт подери!"

    As a rule even when we were on opposite sides, he thought me sensible about people. This time he was dismissing me as too clever by half. (C. P. Snow, ‘The Affair’, ch. 27) — Как правило, даже если мы с Брауном оказывались в разных лагерях, он всегда отдавал должное моему умению верно судить о людях. Но на этот раз он не стал слушать, что я говорю, решив, что я слишком уж забрался в дебри.

    ‘That young woman's too cocky by half,’ Japp complained. (A. Christie, ‘Murder in the Mews’, ch. IV) — - Какая развязная молодая особа, - пожаловался Джепп.

    Large English-Russian phrasebook > too clever by half

  • 6 too clever by half

       paзг. ирон.
       cлишкoм уж умён, cлишкoм умничaeт
        Know his paper - best of the weeklies; but too clever by half (J. Galsworthy). As a rule even when we were on opposite sides, he thought me sensible about people. This time he was dismissing me as too clever by half (C. P. Snow)

    Concise English-Russian phrasebook > too clever by half

  • 7 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    ► a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 8 Ó-

    the negative prefix un-. See ‘ú-’.
    * * *
    or ú-, the negative prefix before nouns and verbs, [Goth., Engl., and Germ. un-; Dan. and Swed. û-, the nasal being absorbed.] The Icel. at a very early date changed this ú into ó, for the very oldest and best vellums use ó, not only the Greg., Eluc., Íb., the Miracle-book (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), but also the Grág., the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda, etc.; in later vellums of the better kind ú and ó are used promiscuously; till about the union with Norway the ú prevailed, and is chiefly used in vellums of the 14th century; but in the 15th the ó again took its old place, and has been retained ever since, agreeably with the usual pronunciation. The ó is therefore the proper Icel. form, e. g. ó-vitr = Engl. un-wise; that it was sounded thus even in the 12th century is also shewn by the treatise of the second grammarian (Gramm. p. i, col. 1),—ó eðr ú þat skiptir orðum, svá sem er satt eðr ó-satt (ú-satt), Skálda 171. This change of spelling in the MSS. about (or a little before) the union with Norway cannot have been owing to any change in pronunciation, but was simply a Norwegianism, as were many other cases, e. g. the dropping the h before liquids, contrary to the Icel. pronunciation. On the other hand, as for the rest of Scandinavia, the ú has been retained in Denmark and in the east of Norway; but ó in the west and north of Norway (see Ivar Aasen’s Dict.), as also in mod, Swed. (e. g. o-möjlig = Germ. un-möglich). In early Swed. (in the laws) u and o are used indifferently. The Orkneys seem to have followed the Icel., to judge from a rhyme in the poem Jd. composed by bishop Bjarni (died A. D. 1222), a native of the Orkneys,— ó-teitan mik sútar, the metre of which requires a half rhyme, a rule followed strictly throughout that poem.
    B. Of the compds with ú- or ó-, all but a few words are from un-; these exceptional words appear to be contractions, either,
    α. from ör-, where we have such double forms as ör-sekr and ó-sekr, N. G. L. i. 379; ör-viti and ó-viti, ó-verðr and ör-verðr, ó-vænn and ör-vænn, ör-hæfi and ú-hæfa, ör-keypis and ó-keypis, ú-dæmi qs. ör-dæmi (?), ó-bóta qs. ör-bóta (?), ó-birgr and ör-birgr; perh. also ú-helgi qs. ör-helgi, ú-heilagr qs. ör-heilagr; cp. also such words as ú-megin and ör-megna, ú-synja qs. ör-synja (?).
    β. from of-, esp. before a labial or dental; thus, of-vægr and ó-vægr, ó-frýnn qs. of-frýnn, ó-sköp = of-sköp (?), ó-freskr qs. of-freskr, ó-fyrirsynju qs. of-fyrirsynju (?), ó-hljóð or ú-hljóð qs. of-hljóð (?), of-dæll and ó-dæll, of-ljóss and ó-ljóss. In some of these instances doubt may arise, for a double set of compds might have sprung up. On the other hand, the great number of compds with ur-, er- in German and Saxon, and the scarcity of such words in the Norse tongue, lead to the conclusion that many of these compds in the course of time have been lost or replaced by ú-; cp. also of-allt and á-valt, (of-saka and á-saka, of-brýði and á-brýði, of-munir and á-munr, af-vöxtr and á-vöxtr, af-burðr and of-burðr?). Since in most Editions the spelling with ú- has been adopted in these classes of words, they must be sought for under that head.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Ó-

  • 9 medio

    adj.
    1 half a, half, half an, mid.
    2 average.
    3 half-way, halfway.
    4 one-half.
    adv.
    half-way, half, kind of, partially.
    m.
    1 means, manner, mode, way.
    2 center, midway, midst.
    3 medium, instrument, means.
    4 environment.
    5 halfback.
    6 medium.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: mediar.
    * * *
    1 (mitad) half
    2 (intermedio) middle
    3 (de promedio) average
    ■ una velocidad media de... an average speed of...
    1 half
    ■ medio terminado,-a half-finished
    1 (mitad) half
    2 (centro) middle
    3 (contexto - físico) environment
    4 (social) circle
    1 (recursos) means
    \
    equivocarse de medio a medio to get it all wrong
    estar (todo) por el medio to be in the way
    ponerse en medio to get in the way
    por medio de through, by means of
    por todos los medios by all means
    quitar algo/alguien de en medio to get something/somebody out of the way
    media aritmética arithmetic mean
    medio ambiente environment
    medio fondo middle-distance
    medios de transporte means of transport
    ————————
    1 (mitad) half
    2 (centro) middle
    3 (contexto - físico) environment
    4 (social) circle
    * * *
    1. (f. - media)
    adj.
    2) half
    2. adv.
    1) half
    3. noun m.
    •
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=la mitad de) half

    media pensión — [en hotel] half-board

    • media hora — half an hour

    • media luna — (Astron) half-moon

    la Media Luna — [en el Islam] the Crescent

    asta, luz 1), mundo 2), naranja 1., 3), palabra 1), voz 1), vuelta 1)
    2) (=intermedio)

    • a medio camino, estamos a medio camino — we're halfway there

    plazo
    3) (=promedio) average
    término 2)
    4) (=normal) average
    5)

    • a medias, lo dejó hecho a medias — he left it half-done

    lo pagamos a medias — we share o split the cost

    2. ADV
    1) [con adjetivo] half

    es medio tonto — he's not very bright, he's a bit on the slow side

    2) [con verbo, adverbio]

    está a medio escribir/terminar — it is half-written/finished

    3) LAm (=bastante) rather, quite, pretty *
    3. SM
    1) (=centro) middle, centre, center (EEUU)

    • de en medio, la casa de en medio — the middle house

    • de por medio, hay droga de por medio — drugs are involved

    día (de) por medio — LAm every other day

    • en medio, iba a besarla, pero él se puso en medio — I was going to kiss her, but he got between us

    • por medio de, pasar por medio de — to go through (the middle of)

    de medio a medio —

    2) (Dep) midfielder

    medio apertura — (Rugby) fly-half

    medio (de) melé — (Rugby) scrum-half

    3) (=método) means pl, way

    no hay medio de conseguirlo — there is no way of getting it, it's impossible to get

    poner todos los medios para hacer algo, no regatear medios para hacer algo — to spare no effort to do sth

    • por medio de, se mueve por medio de poleas — it moves by means of o using a pulley system

    respira por medio de las agallas — it breathes through o using o by means of its gills

    4) pl los medios (tb: los medios de comunicación ó difusión) the media
    5) pl medios (=recursos) means, resources
    6) (Bio) (tb: medio ambiente) environment
    7) (=círculo) circle
    * * *
    I
    - dia adjetivo

    medio litro — half a liter, a half-liter

    media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)

    a media mañana/tarde dio un paseo — he went for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll

    2) (mediano, promedio) average

    el ciudadano/mexicano medio — the average citizen/Mexican

    II
    adverbio half

    está medio loca/dormida — she's half crazy/asleep

    III
    1) (Mat) ( mitad) half
    2)
    a) ( centro) middle

    el asiento de en or del medio — the middle seat, the seat in the middle

    quitarse de en or del medio — to get out of the way

    quitar a alguien de en medio — (euf) to bump somebody off (colloq)

    b) los medios masculino plural (Taur) center* ( of the ring)
    3)
    a) (recurso, manera) means (pl)

    no hay medio de localizarlo — there's no way o means of locating him

    b) (Art) ( vehículo) tb
    c) medios masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb

    medios económicos — means (pl), resources (pl)

    de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of; hay intereses creados de por medio there are vested interests involved; había un árbol de por medio there was a tree in the way; en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people; cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden how can you work in all this mess; en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion; en medio de todo all things considered; por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week; dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses; por medio de by means of; se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system; por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin; de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong; le acertó de medio a medio — she was absolutely right

    5)
    a) (círculo, ámbito)

    en medios literarios/políticos — in literary/political circles

    en medios bien informados se comenta que... — informed opinion has it that...

    b) (Biol) environment
    •
    * * *
    I
    - dia adjetivo

    medio litro — half a liter, a half-liter

    media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)

    a media mañana/tarde dio un paseo — he went for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll

    2) (mediano, promedio) average

    el ciudadano/mexicano medio — the average citizen/Mexican

    II
    adverbio half

    está medio loca/dormida — she's half crazy/asleep

    III
    1) (Mat) ( mitad) half
    2)
    a) ( centro) middle

    el asiento de en or del medio — the middle seat, the seat in the middle

    quitarse de en or del medio — to get out of the way

    quitar a alguien de en medio — (euf) to bump somebody off (colloq)

    b) los medios masculino plural (Taur) center* ( of the ring)
    3)
    a) (recurso, manera) means (pl)

    no hay medio de localizarlo — there's no way o means of locating him

    b) (Art) ( vehículo) tb
    c) medios masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb

    medios económicos — means (pl), resources (pl)

    de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of; hay intereses creados de por medio there are vested interests involved; había un árbol de por medio there was a tree in the way; en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people; cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden how can you work in all this mess; en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion; en medio de todo all things considered; por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week; dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses; por medio de by means of; se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system; por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin; de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong; le acertó de medio a medio — she was absolutely right

    5)
    a) (círculo, ámbito)

    en medios literarios/políticos — in literary/political circles

    en medios bien informados se comenta que... — informed opinion has it that...

    b) (Biol) environment
    •
    * * *
    medio1
    = middle, one-half (1/2).

    Ex: The purpose of the insert key is to allow the insertion of one or more characters in the middle of a field without disturbing the information already displayed.

    Ex: The output of paperbacks accounted for one-third of the total US book production by 1962; nearly one-half of the fiction produced and a quarter of the available titles.
    * Alta Edad Media, la = Early Middle Ages, the, High Middle Ages, the, Dark Ages, the.
    * a media asta = at half-mast, at half staff.
    * a media mañana = mid-morning.
    * a medias entre... y... = betwixt and between.
    * a medio abrir = half-opened.
    * a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a medio comprender = half-understood.
    * a medio formar = half-formed.
    * a medio fuego = medium heat.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * a medio plazo = near-term, in the medium term, medium-term, in the mid-term, mid-term [midterm].
    * a medio rimar = half-rhymed.
    * a medio vestir = partly dressed, half dressed.
    * arco de medio punto = round arch.
    * baja Edad Media, la = late Middle Ages, the.
    * barba de media tarde = five o'clock shadow.
    * clase media = middle class.
    * cocer a medias = parboil.
    * comprendido a medias = half-understood.
    * dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.
    * darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.
    * de la edad media = dark-age.
    * del medio = middle.
    * del Medio Oriente = Middle Eastern.
    * de media jornada = half-day [half day].
    * de media mañana = mid-morning.
    * de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].
    * de medio pelo = small-time.
    * de talla media = middle-sized.
    * dividir por medio = rend in + two.
    * Edad Media = mediaeval ages [medieval ages, -USA], Middle Ages.
    * edición media = medium edition.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en medio de = amidst, in the midst of, in the throes of, right in, amid.
    * entender a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.
    * enterarse a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.
    * entre medias = in between.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar en medio de = caught in the middle.
    * estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.
    * foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].
    * haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.
    * habitante del Medio Oriente = Middle Easterner.
    * histeria a medias = semi-hysteria.
    * Hora + y media = half past + Hora.
    * IME (Integración a Media Escala) = MSI (Medium Scale Integration).
    * justo en el medio (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * letra rota o a medio imprimir = broken letter.
    * línea de medio campo = halfway line.
    * media docena = half a dozen, half-dozen.
    * media hora = half-hour.
    * Media Luna Roja, la = Red Crescent, the.
    * media luz = half-light.
    * media pensión = half board.
    * media tinta = Mezzotint.
    * media verdad = half truth, half-fact.
    * media vuelta = about-face.
    * medio abierto = half-opened, half-way open.
    * medio administrativo = quasi-clerical.
    * medio adormilado = bleary-eyed.
    * medio despierto = drowsily, groggily, bleary-eyed.
    * medio día = one-half day.
    * medio dormido = drowsily, groggily, groggy [groggier -comp., groggiest -sup.].
    * medio en broma = tongue-in-cheek.
    * medio + Expresión Temporal = half + a + Expresión Temporal.
    * medio hecho = halfway done, half done.
    * Medio Oeste, el = Midwest, the.
    * Medio Oriente = Middle East.
    * medio pliego = half-sheet.
    * medio sumergido = half-submerged.
    * medio vacío = half-empty.
    * medio vestido = partly dressed, half dressed.
    * nacido en medio = middleborn.
    * nivel medio de gestión = middle management.
    * pantalones de media caña = knee breeches, jodhpurs.
    * partir por medio = rend in + two.
    * Pasado = half + Pasado/Participio.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * Posesivo + media naranja = Posesivo + significant other, Posesivo + better half, Posesivo + other half.
    * punto medio = mid-point.
    * quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * quitarse de en medio = take + Nombre + out.
    * quitarse del medio = run for + cover.
    * sin obstáculos de por medio = uncluttered.
    * tener un problema medio resuelto = have + problem half licked.
    * tentempié de media mañana = elevenses.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * verdad a medias = half truth, half-fact.
    * verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

    medio2
    2 = average, mainline, mainstream.

    Ex: The average family does have very real information needs, even though these may not be immediately recognized as such.

    Ex: This is 'scientific journalism' at its worst, but its standards are not wholly different from those of the mainline press.
    Ex: Some children may be constrained by a mainstream curriculum that does not match their ability level.
    * ciudadano medio, el = average man, the.
    * como término medio = on average.
    * de nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * de nivel medio = medium level [medium-level], middle-range.
    * de precio medio = medium-priced.
    * de talle medio = medium-length.
    * de tamaño medio = medium-sized, mid-sized [midsized], middle-sized, mid-size [midsize].
    * de tipo medio = middle-range.
    * el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.
    * hombre medio, el = average person, the.
    * la ciudadana media = the average Jane.
    * nivel de dominio medio = working knowledge.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * por término medio = on average.
    * precio medio = average price.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * término medio = compromise, balance.
    * valor medio = midrange, mean value.

    medio3
    3 = instrumentality, means, vehicle.

    Ex: But there are signs of a change as new and powerful instrumentalities come into use.

    Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.
    Ex: This journal serves as a vehicle for the continuing education of librarians, as a showcase for current practice and as a spotlight for significant activities.
    * alfabetización en los medios de comunicación = media literacy.
    * anuncios en los medios de comunicación = media releases.
    * aprendizaje a través de medios electrónicos = online learning.
    * aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).
    * bibliotecario de medios audiovisuales = library media specialist.
    * bien dotado de medios = well-resourced.
    * bien equipado de medios = well-resourced.
    * búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.
    * búsqueda por medio de órdenes = command search.
    * codificación por medio de códigos de barras = barcoding [bar-coding].
    * codificar por medio de códigos de barras = barcode [bar-code].
    * conducir por medio de tubos = duct.
    * confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.
    * con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con todos los medios a + Posesivo + alcance = with all the means at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * desplazamiento por medio del ordenador = computer commuting.
    * documentalista de los medios de comunicación = news librarian.
    * dotar de medios = resource.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * empresa de medios de comunicación = media company.
    * enseñanza a través de medios electrónicos = online education.
    * enseñanza por medio del ordenador (CBI) = computer-based instruction (CBI).
    * entrevista en los medios de comunicación = media interview.
    * equipar de medios = resource.
    * exceso de medios = overkill.
    * expansión de una búsqueda por medio del tesauro = thesaurus expansion.
    * industria de los medios de comunicación de masas = mass communications industry.
    * interfaz por medio de gráficos = graphics interfacing.
    * máquina de registro de préstamos por medio de la fotografía = photocharger, photocharging machine.
    * medio de ahorro = economy measure.
    * medio de almacenamiento = storage medium.
    * medio de almacenamiento físico = physical storage media.
    * medio de comunicación = medium [media, -pl.].
    * medio de interpretación = medium of performance.
    * medio de transmisión = conduit.
    * medio físico = physical medium.
    * medios = ways and means.
    * medios de almacenamiento digital = digital media.
    * medios de almacenamiento óptico = optical storage media.
    * medios de comunicación = news media.
    * medios de comunicación de masas = mass media, mass communications media, communications media, communications media.
    * medios de comunicación social = mass media.
    * medios de microalmacenamiento de la información = microstorage media.
    * medios de producción = means of production.
    * medios digitalizados de almacenamiento de información = digitised media.
    * medios económicos = economic resources.
    * medios, los = wherewithal, the, means, the.
    * medios oficiales = official channels.
    * medios técnicos = IT capabilities.
    * medios visuales = visual media.
    * mostrar por medio de cambio de intensidad en el brillo = flash up.
    * multimedia = multimedia [multi-media].
    * mundo de los medios de comunicación, el = mediascape, the.
    * por medio = out of.
    * por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of.
    * por medio de isótopos = isotopically.
    * por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.
    * por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * proporcionar los medios para = provide + the material for.
    * ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.
    * streaming media = streaming media.
    * técnica de recuperación por medio de la lógica difusa = fuzzy IR technique.
    * terapia por medio de aromas = aroma therapy.
    * tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.
    * tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * utilizar al máximo por medio del ordenador = explode.

    * * *
    (la mitad de): medio litro half a liter, a half-liter
    medio kilo de harina half a kilo of flour
    media docena de huevos half a dozen eggs, a half-dozen eggs
    ¿quieres media manzana? do you want half an apple?
    los niños pagan medio billete or pasaje children pay half fare o half price
    un retrato de medio cuerpo a half-length portrait
    llevo media hora esperando I've been waiting for half an hour
    la última media hora es muy divertida the last half hour is very entertaining
    hay trenes a y cinco y a y media there are trains at five past and half past (the hour)
    aún faltan dos horas y media para que empiece la función there are still two and a half hours to go before the show starts
    si se lo dices a él mañana lo sabe medio Buenos Aires if you tell him, half (of) Buenos Aires will know by tomorrow
    la bandera ondea a media asta the flag is flying at half-mast
    la falda le llega a media pierna she's wearing a calf-length skirt
    a media mañana/tarde siempre da un paseo he always goes for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll, he always goes for a stroll mid-morning/mid-afternoon
    ¿qué haces aquí leyendo a media luz? what are you doing in here reading in such poor light?
    la habitación estaba a media luz the room was dimly lit
    Compuestos:
    habla con or (CS) en medioa lengua he talks in baby language
    la deliciosa medioa lengua de los dos años the delightful way a two-year-old talks
    A ( Astron) half-moon
    en forma de medioa luna crescent-shaped
    B (de las uñas) half-moon
    C ( RPl) ( Coc) croissant ( often with ham and cheese)
    D
    (organización): la Medioa Luna Roja the Red Crescent
    feminine short sleeve
    llevaba un vestido de medioa manga she was wearing a dress with short sleeves o a short-sleeved dress
    todavía no ha encontrado su medioa naranja (el hombre ideal) Mr Right hasn't come along yet; (la mujer ideal) he hasn't found his ideal woman yet
    vino con su medioa naranja he/she came along with his/her better half ( colloq hum)
    (en colegios): los alumnos en régimen de medioa pensión pupils who have school dinners
    fpl:
    me lo dijo con medioas palabras she didn't say it in so many words
    feminine half sole, sole
    feminine half volley
    a medioa voz in a low voice
    hablaban a medioa voz they were talking in low voices
    feminine ( Mil) about-face ( AmE), about-turn ( BrE)
    (se) dio medioa vuelta y se fue she turned on her heel o she turned around and left
    masculine and feminine fly half, outside half
    masculine midfield
    masculine and feminine middle-distance runner
    masculine middle-distance
    ● medio hermano, media hermana
    masculine, feminine
    ( masculine) half-brother; ( feminine) half-sister
    masculine half-mourning
    ● medio pupilo, media pupila or medio pupila
    masculine, feminine (CS) day pupil
    los medio pupilos the day pupils
    ( AmL) half-time
    B (mediano, promedio) average
    el cuidadano/mexicano medio the average citizen/Mexican
    barrios madrileños de standing alto a medio middle to upper-class districts of Madrid
    a medio y largo plazo in the medium and long term
    técnico de grado medio technician who has taken a three-year course rather than a five-year degree course
    la temperatura media es de 22 grados the average temperature is 22 degrees
    clase1 (↑ clase (1)), edad, término, etc
    C
    1
    (de manera incompleta): dejó el trabajo a medios he left the work half-finished
    me dijo la verdad a medios she didn't tell me the whole truth o story
    lo arregló a medios he didn't fix it properly
    2
    (entre dos): voy a comprar un número de lotería ¿vamos a medios? I'm going to buy a lottery ticket. Do you want to go halves?
    pagar a medios to pay half each, go halves
    lo hicimos a medios we did it between us
    D
    ( Chi fam) ( delante del n) (uso enfático): el medio auto que se gasta just look at the car he drives!
    half
    está medio borracha/loca she's half drunk/crazy
    lo dejaron allí medio muerto they left him there half dead
    fue medio violento encontrármelo ahí it was rather awkward meeting him there
    me lo dijo medio en broma medio en serio she said it half joking and half serious
    todo lo deja a medio hacer he never finishes anything, he leaves everything half finished
    medio como que se molestó cuando se lo dije (CS fam); she got kind of o sort of annoyed when I told her ( colloq)
    B
    1 (centro) middle
    en (el) medio de la habitación in the middle o center of the room
    el botón de en or del medio the middle button, the button in the middle
    el justo medio the happy medium
    quítate de en or del medio, que no me dejas ver get out of the way, I can't see
    quitar a algn de en medio ( euf); to get rid of sb ( euph), bump sb off ( colloq)
    2 los medios mpl ( Taur) center* ( of the ring)
    C
    1 (recurso, manera) means (pl)
    lo intentaron por todos los medios they tried everything they could
    no hay medio de localizarlo there's no way o means of locating him
    hizo lo que pudo con los medios a su alcance she did everything she could with the resources at her disposal
    como medio de coacción as a means of coercion
    medios económicos means (pl), resources (pl)
    no escatimó medios he spared no expense
    a pesar de los escasos medios de que dispone in spite of his limited means
    no cuenta con los medios necesarios para hacerlo she does not have the means o resources to do it
    Compuestos:
    la entrevista concedida a un medio de comunicación francés the interview given to a French newspaper ( o television station etc)
    los medios de comunicación sociales or de masas the mass media
    means of transport
    ( Méx) legal challenge
    mpl audiovisual aids (pl)
    mpl:
    los medio de producción the means of production
    D ( en locs):
    de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of
    hay muchos intereses creados de por medio there are a lot of vested interests involved
    en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people
    no sé cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden I don't know how you can work in all this mess
    en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion
    en medio de todo all things considered
    en medio de todo más vale así all things considered, it's probably better this way
    por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week
    dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses
    por medio de: nos enteramos por medio de tu primo we found out from o through your cousin
    atrapa su presa por medio de estas pinzas it catches its prey by using these pincers
    se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system
    obtuvo el puesto por medio de estas influencias she got the job through these contacts
    de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong o utterly mistaken
    le acertó de medio a medio she was absolutely right
    E
    1
    (círculo, ámbito): en medios literarios/políticos in literary/political circles
    no está en su medio he's out of his element
    un artista prácticamente desconocido en nuestro medio (Col, CS); an artist who is practically unknown here o in our country ( o area etc)
    en medios bien informados se comenta que … informed opinion has it that …
    2 ( Biol) environment
    estos animales no sobreviven fuera de su medio natural these animals do not survive if removed from their natural habitat
    la adaptación al medio adaptation to one's environment o surroundings
    Compuesto:
    environment
    que no daña el medio ambiente eco-friendly, environmentally friendly
    F (dedo) middle finger
    G (moneda) five centavo or centésimo coin formerly used in some Latin American countries
    ni medio ( RPl fam): no se ve/no entendí ni medio you can't see/I didn't understand a thing
    el que nace para medio nunca llega a real if you don't have what it takes, you won't get on in the world
    * * *

     

    Del verbo mediar: ( conjugate mediar)

    medio es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    medió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    mediar    
    medio
    mediar ( conjugate mediar) verbo intransitivo

    medio EN algo ‹en conflicto/negociaciones› to mediate in sth, to act as mediator in sth
    b) ( interceder) medio POR algn to intercede for sb;

    medio ANTE algn to intercede o intervene with sb
    medio 1
    ◊ - dia adjetivo

    1 ( delante del n) ( la mitad de):

    media manzana half an apple;
    pagar medio pasaje to pay half fare o half price;
    media hora half an hour, a half hour (AmE);
    dos horas y media two and a half hours;
    a las cinco y media at half past five;
    a media mañana/tarde in the middle of the morning/afternoon;
    a medio camino halfway;
    media pensión ( en hoteles) half board;
    (se) dio medio vuelta y se fue she turned on her heel and left;
    un jugador de medio campo a midfield player;
    medio tiempo (AmL) half-time;
    mi media naranja (fam &
    hum) my better half (colloq & hum)
    2 (mediano, promedio) average;

    a medio y largo plazo in the medium and long term
    medio 2 adverbio
    half;

    todo lo deja a medio terminar he leaves everything half finished
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    1 (Mat) ( mitad) half
    2 ( centro) middle;
    ◊ en (el) medio de la habitación in the middle o center of the room;

    quitarse de en or del medio to get out of the way
    3
    a) (recurso, manera) means (pl);


    los medios de comunicación the media;
    medio de transporte means of transport
    b)

    ◊ medios sustantivo masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb medios económicos means (pl), resources (pl)

    4 ( en locs)
    ◊ en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people;

    en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion;
    por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week;
    dos casas por medio every two houses;
    por medio de (de proceso/técnica) by means of;
    por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin
    5
    a) (círculo, ámbito):

    ◊ en medios literarios/políticos in literary/political circles;

    no está en su medio he's out of his element
    b) (Biol) environment;


    medio ambiente environment;
    que no da daña el medio ambiente eco-friendly, environmentally friendly
    mediar verbo intransitivo
    1 (arbitrar, intervenir) to mediate: España mediará en el conflicto, Spain will mediate in the conflict
    2 (interceder) to intercede: mediará por ti, she'll intercede on your behalf
    3 (interponerse) media la circunstancia de que..., you must take into account that...
    4 (periodo de tiempo) to pass: mediaron un par de días, two days passed
    medio,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (mitad) half: sólo queda medio melón, there is only half a melon left
    una hora y media, an hour and a half
    2 (no extremo) middle
    a media tarde, in the middle of the afternoon
    clase media, middle class
    punto medio, middle ground
    3 (prototípico) average: la calidad media es baja, the average quality is poor
    la mujer media, the average woman
    II adverbio half: el trabajo está medio hecho, the work is half done
    III sustantivo masculino
    1 (mitad) half
    2 (centro) middle
    en medio de la batalla, in the midst of the battle
    en medio de los árboles, among the trees
    (entre dos) in between the trees
    un barco en medio del desierto, a ship in the middle of the desert
    sal de ahí en medio, get out of the way
    3 (instrumento, vía) means: el fin no justifica los medios, the aim doesn't justify the means
    4 (entorno) enviroment
    un medio hostil, a hostile enviroment
    ' medio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    achuchar
    - adivinarse
    - ambiente
    - calle
    - camino
    - coger
    - conducto
    - coralina
    - coralino
    - cuerpo
    - Ecuador
    - elemento
    - en
    - entorno
    - habitar
    - lado
    - locomoción
    - media
    - ocupante
    - odisea
    - oriente
    - perder
    - por
    - radical
    - recurso
    - sacar
    - tener
    - término
    - tierra
    - través
    - a
    - alzado
    - arma
    - atontado
    - caja
    - canal
    - derruido
    - destruir
    - día
    - efectivo
    - gusto
    - hombre
    - hostil
    - instrumento
    - ir
    - loco
    - Medio Oriente
    - mejor
    - menos
    - meter
    English:
    about
    - air
    - and
    - average
    - backdrop
    - between
    - bread
    - call away
    - canter
    - centre
    - cobble together
    - discern
    - East
    - end
    - environment
    - environmentalist
    - envoy
    - freight
    - half
    - half-dead
    - half-dressed
    - half-empty
    - half-full
    - half-open
    - half-serious
    - half-way
    - mean
    - means
    - medium
    - medium-term
    - mid
    - middle
    - Middle East
    - middleweight
    - midst
    - moderate
    - on
    - over
    - part
    - resource
    - Roman arch
    - rough up
    - sandwich course
    - scrum-half
    - semiliterate
    - shelf
    - slush
    - slushy
    - stimulate
    - television
    * * *
    medio, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [igual a la mitad] half;
    media docena half a dozen;
    media hora half an hour;
    medio litro half a litre;
    el estadio registra media entrada the stadium is half full;
    medio pueblo estaba allí half the town was there;
    medio Quito se quedó sin electricidad half of Quito was left without electricity;
    la bandera ondeaba a media asta the flag was flying at half mast;
    a medio camino [en viaje] halfway there;
    [en trabajo] halfway through;
    a media luz in the half-light;
    nos salimos a media película we left halfway through the movie o Br film;
    como algo a media mañana I have something to eat halfway through the morning, I have a mid-morning snack;
    docena y media one and a half dozen;
    un kilo y medio one and a half kilos;
    son las dos y media it's half past two;
    son y media it's half past
    Andes, Méx, Ven medio fondo waist petticoat o slip;
    la media luna the crescent;
    la Media Luna Roja the Red Crescent;
    Fam Fig media naranja:
    mi/su/ etc[m5]. media naranja my/your/ etc other o better half;
    media pensión half board;
    CSur medio pupilo [que va a dormir a casa] day pupil; [que va a casa el fin de semana] boarder;
    media suela half-sole;
    media volea half volley
    2. [intermedio] [estatura, tamaño] medium;
    [posición, punto] middle;
    de una calidad media of average quality;
    a medio plazo in the medium term;
    de clase media middle-class;
    a media distancia in the middle distance
    medio campo midfield; Am medio tiempo half-time
    3. [de promedio] [temperatura, velocidad] average;
    Mat mean;
    el consumo medio de agua por habitante the average water consumption per head of the population;
    a una velocidad media de 50 km/h at an average speed of 50 km/h
    4. [corriente] ordinary, average;
    el ciudadano medio the average person, ordinary people
    ♦ adv
    half;
    medio borracho half drunk;
    estaba medio muerto he was half dead;
    a medio hacer half done;
    han dejado la obra a medio hacer they've left the building half finished;
    aún estoy a medio arreglar I'm only half ready;
    pasé la noche medio en vela I barely slept all night, I spent half the night awake
    ♦ nm
    1. [mitad] half;
    uno y medio one and a half
    2. [centro] middle, centre;
    íbamos por el carril del medio o [m5] de en medio we were driving in the middle lane;
    en medio (de) in the middle (of);
    estaba incómoda en medio de toda aquella gente I felt uncomfortable among all those people;
    está en medio de una profunda depresión she's in the middle of a deep depression;
    no se oía nada en medio de tanto ruido you couldn't hear a thing with all that noise;
    han puesto una valla en medio they've put a fence in the way;
    si te pones en medio no veo la tele I can't see the TV if you're in the way;
    quítate de en medio get out of the way;
    siempre tienes todas tus cosas por medio your things are always lying around all over the place;
    estar por (en) medio [estorbar] to be in the way;
    hay muchos intereses de por medio there are a lot of interests involved;
    meterse o [m5] ponerse (de) por medio [estorbar] to get in the way;
    Fig [entrometerse] to interfere;
    equivocarse de medio a medio to be completely wrong;
    Fam
    quitar de en medio a alguien to get rid of sb;
    quitarse de en medio [suicidarse] to do away with oneself
    3. [sistema, manera] means [singular or plural], method;
    utilice cualquier medio a su alcance use whatever means are available, use every means available;
    encontró un medio para pagar menos impuestos she found a way of paying less tax;
    no hay medio de convencerla she refuses to be convinced;
    por medio de by means of, through;
    ha encontrado trabajo por medio de un conocido she got a job through an acquaintance;
    por todos los medios by all possible means;
    intentaré conseguir ese trabajo por todos los medios I'll do whatever it takes to get that job;
    su medio de vida es la chatarra he earns his living from scrap metal
    los medios de comunicación the media;
    medios de producción means of production;
    medio de transporte means of transport o US transportation
    4.
    medios [recursos] means, resources;
    no cuenta con los medios económicos para realizarlo she lacks the means o the (financial) resources to do it
    5. [elemento físico] environment;
    animales que viven en el medio acuático animals that live in an aquatic environment
    medio ambiente environment; Biol medio de cultivo culture medium;
    medio físico physical environment
    6. [ámbito]
    el medio rural/urbano the countryside/city;
    en medios financieros/políticos in financial/political circles;
    en medios bien informados in well-informed circles
    7. Dep [en fútbol, hockey] midfielder;
    [en rugby] halfback medio (de) apertura [en rugby] fly half, stand-off;
    medio (de) melé [en rugby] scrum half
    8. Taurom
    los medios = centre of bullring
    9. Comp
    CSur Fam
    ni medio: no oye ni medio he's as deaf as a post;
    no entiende ni medio she hasn't got a clue;
    por medio: nado día por medio I swim every other day
    * * *
    I adj
    1 half;
    las tres y media half past three, three-thirty;
    2 tamaño medium
    3 (de promedio) average
    4 posición middle
    II m
    1 ( entorno) environment
    2 en fútbol midfielder
    3 ( centro) middle;
    en medio de in the middle of
    4 ( manera) means;
    por medio de by means of;
    medios pl dinero means, resources
    III adv half;
    hacer algo a medias half do sth;
    ir a medias go halves;
    a medio hacer half done;
    de medio a medio completely;
    día por medio L.Am. every other day;
    quitar de en medio algo fam move sth out of the way;
    quitarse de en medio get out of the way
    * * *
    medio adv
    1) : half
    está medio dormida: she's half asleep
    2) : rather, kind of
    está medio aburrida esta fiesta: this party is rather boring
    medio, - dia adj
    1) : half
    una media hora: half an hour
    medio hermano: half brother
    a media luz: in the half-light
    son las tres y media: it's half past three, it's three-thirty
    2) : midway, halfway
    a medio camino: halfway there
    3) : middle
    la clase media: the middle class
    4) : average
    la temperatura media: the average temperature
    medio nm
    1) centro: middle, center
    en medio de: in the middle of, amid
    2) ambiente: milieu, environment
    3) : medium, spiritualist
    4) : means pl, way
    por medio de: by means of
    los medios de comunicación: the media
    5) medios nmpl
    : means, resources
    * * *
    medio1 adj
    1. (mitad) half
    2. (promedio, normal) average
    medio2 adv half
    medio3 n
    1. (centro) middle
    2. (entorno) environment
    3. (recurso, método) means

    Spanish-English dictionary > medio

  • 10 HUNDRAÐ

    (pl. hundruð), n. hundred; tírœtt h. = 100; tólfrœtt h. = 120; hundruðum, by (in) hundreds; as value, one hundred and twenty ells of the stuff wadmal; h. frítt, a hundred paid in cattle; tólf hundruð mórend, twelve hundred in dark-striped wadmal; hundrað silfrs, ? the silver value of 120 ells (= 20 ounces).
    * * *
    n. pl. hundruð; the form hund- (q. v.) only occurs in a few old compd words: [Goth. hunda, pl.; A. S. hund; O. H. G. hunt; the extended form in Hel. and old Frank, hundered; Germ. hundert; Dan. hundrede; Swed. hundra; the inflexive syllable is prob. akin to - ræðr in átt-ræðr]:—a hundred; the Scandinavians of the heathen time (and perhaps also all Teutonic people) seem to have known only a duo-decimal hundred (= 12 × 10 or 120); at that time 100 was expressed by tíu-tíu, cp. Ulf. taihun-taihund = ten-teen; Pal Vídalín says,—hundrað tólfrætt er sannlega frá heiðni til vor komið, en hið tíræða er líkast að Norðrlönd hafi ekki vitað af fyrr en Kristni kom hér og með henni lærdómr þeirrar aldar, Skýr. s. v. Hundrað (fine): but with the introduction of Christianity came in the decimal hundred, the two being distinguished by adjectives,—tólfrætt hundrað = 120, and tírætt hundrað = 100. But still the old popular duodecimal system continued in almost all matters concerned with economical or civil life, in all law phrases, in trade, exchange, property, value, or the like, and the decimal only in ecclesiastical or scholastic matters (chronology, e. g. Íb. ch. 1, 10). At the same time the word in speech and writing was commonly used without any specification of tírætt or tólfrætt, for, as Pal Vídalín remarks, every one acquainted with the language knew which was meant in each case; even at the present time an Icel. farmer counts his flocks and a fisherman his share (hlutr) by the duodecimal system; and everybody knows that a herd or share of one hundred and a half means 120 + 60 = 180. In old writers the popular way of counting is now and then used even in chronology and in computation, e. g. when Ari Frode (Íb. ch. 4) states that the year consists of three hundred and four days (meaning 364); the census of franklins given by the same writer (where the phrase is hundruð heil = whole or full hundreds) is doubtless reckoned by duodecimal, not decimal hundreds, Íb. ch. 10; and in the census of priests and churches taken by bishop Paul (about A. D. 1200) ‘tíræð’ is expressively added, lest duodecimal hundreds should be understood, Bs. i. 136. The Landn. (at end) contains a statement (from Ari?) that Iceland continued pagan for about a hundred years, i. e. from about 874–997 A. D. In the preface to Ólafs S., Snorri states that two duodecimal hundreds (tvau hundruð tólfræð) elapsed from the first colonisation of Iceland before historical writing began (i. e. from about A. D. 874–1115): levies of ships and troops are in the laws and Sagas counted by duodecimal hundreds, e. g. the body-guard of king Olave consisted of a hundred hirð-men, sixty house-carles and sixty guests, in all ‘two hundred’ men, i. e. 240, Mork. 126; the sons of earl Strút-Harald had a hundred men, of whom eighty were billetted out and forty returned, Fms. xi. 88, 89; hálft hundrað, a half hundred = sixty, Mork. l. c.
    2. a division of troops = 120; hundraðs-flokkr, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
    II. in indef. sense, hundreds, a host, countless number, see hund-, as also in the adverb, phrase, hundruðum, by hundreds (indefinitely), Fms. vi. 407, Þiðr. 275, 524: in mod. usage as adjective and indecl., except the pl. in -uð, thus hundruð ásauðum, Dipl. iv. 10.
    B. As value, a hundred, i. e. a hundred and twenty ells of the stuff wadmal, and then simply value to that amount (as a pound sterling in English). All property, real as well as personal, is even at present in Icel. taxed by hundreds; thus an estate is a ‘twenty, sixty, hundred’ estate; a franklin gives his tithable property as amounting to so and so many hundreds. As for the absolute value of a hundred, a few statements are sufficient, thus e. g. a milch cow, or six ewes with lambs, counts for a hundred, and a hundrað and a kúgildi (cow’s value) are equal: the charge for the alimentation of a pauper for twelve months was in the law (Jb. 165) fixed to four hundred and a half for a male person, but three hundred and a half for a female; cp. also the phrase, það er ekki hundrað í hættunni, there is no hundred at stake, no great risk! In olden times a double standard was used,—the wool or wadmal standard, called hundrað talið = a hundred by tale, i. e. a hundred and twenty ells as stated above, and a silver standard, called hundrað vegit, a hundred by weight, or hundrað silfrs, a hundred in silver, amounting to two marks and a half = twenty ounces = sixty örtugar; but how the name hundred came to be applied to it is not certain, unless half an örtug was taken as the unit. It is probable that originally both standards were identical, which is denoted by the phrase, sex álna eyrir, six ells to an ounce, or a hundred and twenty ells equal to twenty ounces (i. e. wadmal and silver at par); but according as the silver coinage was debased, the phrases varied between nine, ten, eleven, twelve ells to an ounce (N. G. L. i. 80, 81, 387, 390, passim), which denote bad silver; whereas the phrase ‘three ells to an ounce’ (þriggja álna eyrir, Sturl. i. 163, passim, or a hundred in wadmal equal to half a hundred in silver) must refer either to a double ell or to silver twice as pure: the passage in Grág. i. 500 is somewhat obscure, as also Rd. 233: the words vegin, silfrs, or talin are often added, but in most cases no specification is given, and the context must shew which of the two standards is there meant; the wool standard is the usual one, but in cases of weregild the silver standard seems always to be understood; thus a single weregild (the fine for a man’s life) was one hundred, Njála passim.
    2. the phrases, hundrað frítt, a hundred paid in cattle, Finnb. 236; tólf hundruð mórend, twelve hundred in dark striped wadmal, Nj. 225; hundrað í búsgögnum ok í húsbúningi, Vm. 65; hundraðs-gripr, hestr, hross, kapall, hvíla, sæng, rekkja, psaltari, etc., a beast, a horse, a bed, etc., of a hundred’s value, Am. 2, 10, Vm. 25, 39, 60, 153, Jm. 3, 30; hundraðs-úmagi, a person whose maintenance costs a hundred, Vm. 156; hundraðs virði, a hundred’s value, 68. For references see the Sagas and laws passim, and for more information see Mr. Dasent’s Essay in Burnt Njal.
    C. A hundred, a political division which in olden times was common to all Teut. nations, but is most freq. in old Swedish laws, where several hundreds made a hérað or shire; cp. the A. S. and Engl. hundred, Du Cange hundredum; old Germ. hunderti, see Grimm’s Rechts Alterthümer; the centum pagi of Caesar, Bell. Gall. iv. ch. 1, is probably the Roman writer’s misconception of the Teut. division of land into hundreds; this is also the case with Tacit. Germ. ch. 12: cp. the Swed. local names Fjaðrunda-land, Áttundaland, and Tíunda-land, qs. Fjaðr-hunda land, Átthunda land, Tíhunda land, i. e. a combination of four, eight, ten hundreds. The original meaning was probably a community of a hundred and twenty franklins or captains. This division is not found in Icel.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HUNDRAÐ

  • 11 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 12 time

    1. noun
    1) (the hour of the day: What time is it?; Can your child tell the time yet?) hora
    2) (the passage of days, years, events etc: time and space; Time will tell.) tiempo
    3) (a point at which, or period during which, something happens: at the time of his wedding; breakfast-time.) momento; hora
    4) (the quantity of minutes, hours, days etc, eg spent in, or available for, a particular activity etc: This won't take much time to do; I enjoyed the time I spent in Paris; At the end of the exam, the supervisor called `Your time is up!') tiempo
    5) (a suitable moment or period: Now is the time to ask him.) momento
    6) (one of a number occasions: He's been to France four times.) vez
    7) (a period characterized by a particular quality in a person's life, experience etc: He went through an unhappy time when she died; We had some good times together.) época, período; momentos
    8) (the speed at which a piece of music should be played; tempo: in slow time.) tempo

    2. verb
    1) (to measure the time taken by (a happening, event etc) or by (a person, in doing something): He timed the journey.) cronometrar
    2) (to choose a particular time for: You timed your arrival beautifully!) escoger el momento de/para
    •
    - timelessly
    - timelessness
    - timely
    - timeliness
    - timer
    - times
    - timing
    - time bomb
    - time-consuming
    - time limit
    - time off
    - time out
    - timetable
    - all in good time
    - all the time
    - at times
    - be behind time
    - for the time being
    - from time to time
    - in good time
    - in time
    - no time at all
    - no time
    - one
    - two at a time
    - on time
    - save
    - waste time
    - take one's time
    - time and time again
    - time and again
    time1 n
    1. tiempo
    what do you do in your free time? ¿qué haces en tu tiempo libre?
    2. vez
    how many times have you been to Italy? ¿cuántas veces has estado en Italia?
    3. hora
    what time is it? ¿qué hora es?
    all the time todo el tiempo / constantemente
    for the time being por el momento / de momento
    it's time... es hora de que...
    time2 vb calcular el tiempo / cronometrar
    tr[taɪm]
    1 (period) tiempo
    3 (of day) hora
    ■ what time is it? qué hora es?
    ■ this time next week, we'll be on the beach la semana que viene a esta hora, estaremos en la playa
    ■ by the time he gets here, it'll be time to go home cuando llegue él, será la hora de volver a casa
    4 (age, period, season) época
    ■ how many times have you been to London? ¿cuántas veces has estado en Londres?
    ■ the last time I saw her,... la última vez que la vi,...
    7 SMALLMUSIC/SMALL compás nombre masculino
    8 SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL la hora de cerrar
    ■ time now please! ¡hora de cerrar!
    1 (measure time) medir la duración de, calcular; (races, etc) cronometrar
    2 (schedule) estar previsto,-a
    ■ 4 times 5 is 20 4 por 5 son 20, 4 veces 5 son 20
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    (and) about time ya era hora
    all the time todo el rato, todo el tiempo
    at all times siempre
    at any time en cualquier momento
    at no time nunca
    at one time en un tiempo
    at the same time al mismo tiempo
    at the time / at that time entonces
    at times a veces
    behind the times anticuado,-a
    for the time being de momento
    from time to time de vez en cuando
    in time (in the long run) con el tiempo 2 (not late) a tiempo
    in time to the music al compás de la música
    many a time a menudo
    not to give somebody the time of day no darle a alguien ni la hora
    on time puntual
    one/two/three at a time de uno en uno/de dos en dos/de tres en tres
    time after time una y otra vez
    time's up se acabó el tiempo, ya es la hora
    to beat time marcar el compás
    to be ahead of one's time adelantarse a su época
    to be badly/well timed (remark) ser inoportuno,-a/oportuno,-a
    to give somebody a hard time ponérselo difícil a alguien, hacérselo pasar mal a alguien
    to have a bad time pasarlas negras
    to have a good time pasarlo bien
    to have a lot of time for somebody caerle bien alguien a uno
    to have no time for somebody/something no soportar a alguien/algo, no tener tiempo para alguien/algo
    to keep time (to music) seguir el compás 2 (watch) ir bien, funcionar bien
    to move with the times estar al día
    to take one's time (not hurry) hacer algo con calma 2 (be slow) tardar mucho
    time and motion study estudio de productividad
    time bomb bomba de relojería
    time limit límite nombre masculino de tiempo, plazo límite
    time off tiempo libre
    time out descanso
    time warp salto en el tiempo
    time zone huso horario
    time ['taɪm] vt, timed ; timing
    1) schedule: fijar la hora de, calcular el momento oportuno para
    2) clock: cronometrar, medir el tiempo de (una competencia, etc.)
    time n
    1) : tiempo m
    the passing of time: el paso del tiempo
    she doesn't have time: no tiene tiempo
    2) moment: tiempo m, momento m
    this is not the time to bring it up: no es el momento de sacar el tema
    3) : vez f
    she called you three times: te llamó tres veces
    three times greater: tres veces mayor
    4) age: tiempo m, era f
    in your grandparents' time: en el tiempo de tus abuelos
    5) tempo: tiempo m, ritmo m (en música)
    6) : hora f
    what time is it?: ¿qué hora es?
    at the usual time: a la hora acostumbrada
    to keep time: ir a la hora
    to lose time: atrasar
    7) experience: rato m, experiencia f
    we had a nice time together: pasamos juntos un rato agradable
    to have a rough time: pasarlo mal
    have a good time!: ¡que se diviertan!
    8)
    at times sometimes: a veces
    9)
    for the time being : por el momento, de momento
    from time to time occasionally: de vez en cuando
    in time punctually: a tiempo
    in time eventually: con el tiempo
    time after time : una y otra vez
    adj.
    • a plazos adj.
    • de tiempo adj.
    • del tiempo adj.
    • horario, -a adj.
    n.
    • duración s.f.
    • edad s.f.
    • espera s.f.
    • hora s.f.
    • plazo s.m.
    • tempo s.m.
    • tiempo s.m.
    • vez s.f.
    • época s.f.
    v.
    • cronometrar v.
    • regular v.
    • tomar los tiempos (Deporte) v.

    I taɪm
    1) noun
    2) u (past, present, future) tiempo m

    as time goes by o passes — a medida que pasa el tiempo, con el paso or el correr del tiempo

    at this point o moment in time — en este momento, en el momento presente

    time and tide wait for no man — el tiempo pasa inexorablemente; (before n) < travel> en el tiempo

    time machine — máquina f del tiempo

    3) u (time available, necessary for something) tiempo m

    could I have five minutes of your time? — ¿podría concederme cinco minutos?

    to make time for something — hacer(se)* or encontrar* tiempo para algo

    to make time — ( hurry) (AmE colloq) darse* prisa, apurarse (AmL)

    I spend all my time reading/thinking — me paso todo el tiempo leyendo/pensando

    it takes time to get used to the climate — lleva or toma tiempo acostumbrarse al clima

    to take one's time: just take your time tómate todo el tiempo que necesites or quieras; you took your time! cómo has tardado!; to buy time ganar tiempo; to have a lot of/no time for somebody/something: I have no time for people like her no soporto a la gente como ella; I've got a lot of time for him me cae muy bien; to have time on one's hands: I had time on my hands me sobraba el tiempo; to play for time — tratar de ganar tiempo

    4) (no pl) (period - of days, months, years) tiempo m; (- of hours) rato m

    they lived in Paris for a time/for a long time — vivieron un tiempo/mucho tiempo or muchos años en París

    long time no see! — (colloq) tanto tiempo (sin verte)!

    some time later they moved to Brussels — (un) tiempo después se mudaron a Bruselas, tras cierto tiempo se mudaron a Bruselas

    for some considerable time o for quite some time now there have been rumors that... — hace ya bastante tiempo que se rumorea que...

    in an hour's/three months'/ten years' time — dentro de una horaes meses/diez años

    cooking time — tiempo m de cocción

    your time's up — se te (or les etc) ha acabado el tiempo

    for the time being — por el momento, de momento

    to serve o (colloq) do time — cumplir una condena, estar* a la sombra (fam)

    all the time — ( constantly) constantemente; ( the whole period) todo el tiempo

    in time — ( early enough) a tiempo; ( eventually) con el tiempo

    all in good time — cada cosa a su tiempo, todo a su debido tiempo

    in no time (at all) — rapidísimo, en un abrir y cerrar de ojos, en un santiamén

    6) u ( airtime) (Rad, TV) espacio m
    7) u c (for journey, race, task) tiempo m

    what's your fastest time over 400m? — ¿cuál es tu mejor tiempo or marca en los 400 metros?

    to take o (BrE also) have time off — tomarse tiempo libre

    9)
    a) c (epoch, age) (often pl) época f, tiempo m

    at one time — en una época or un tiempo, en otros tiempos

    in times of crisis — en épocas or tiempos de crisis

    in Tudor times — en la época de los Tudor, en tiempos de los Tudor

    there was a time when o time was when... — hubo un tiempo cuando...

    in times to come — en el futuro, en tiempos venideros

    to be ahead of one's time: he's ahead/he was ahead of his time se ha adelantado/se adelantó a su época; to be behind the times \<\<ideas\>\> ser* anticuado, estar* desfasado; \<\<person\>\> estar* atrasado de noticias (fam); to keep up with o abreast of the times — mantenerse* al día

    I've seen some funny things in my time but... — he visto cosas raras en mi vida pero...

    10)
    a) u ( by clock) hora f

    what's the time?, what time is it? — ¿qué hora es?

    do you have the time? — ¿tienes hora?

    the time is ten minutes to ten — son las diez menos diez minutos, son diez para las diez (AmL exc RPl)

    to be able to tell the time o (AmE also) tell time — saber* (decir) la hora

    British Summer Time — horario m de verano

    Eastern Standard Time — ( in US) hora f de la costa atlántica

    not to give somebody the time of day — no darle* a algn ni la hora

    to pass the time of day (with somebody): now she never even passes the time of day with me ahora ni siquiera me saluda; we passed the time of day charlamos un ratito; (before n) time switch temporizador m; time zone — huso m horario

    b) c u ( of event) hora f

    do you know the times of the trains? — ¿sabes el horario de los trenes?

    time FOR something/to + INF: we have to arrange a time for the next meeting tenemos que fijar una fecha y hora para la próxima reunión; is it time to go yet? ¿ya es hora de irse?; it's time you left o you were leaving es hora de que te vayas; at breakfast time — a la hora del desayuno

    11) c ( point in time)

    at the present/this particular time — en este momento/este preciso momento

    by that o this time we were really worried — para entonces ya estábamos preocupadísimos

    from that time on — a partir de entonces, desde entonces

    it's high time somebody did something — ya es hora or ya va siendo hora de que alguien haga algo

    she's resigned, and not before time — ha renunciado, y ya era hora

    my/her time has come — me/le ha llegado el momento

    to die before one's time — morir* tempranamente or prematuramente

    12) c (instance, occasion) vez f

    I've been there many a time o many times — he estado allí en numerosas ocasiones or muchas veces

    nine times out of ten — en el noventa por ciento de los casos, la gran mayoría de las veces

    let's leave it for another o some other time — dejémoslo para otro momento

    you paid (the) last time — la última vez or la otra vez pagaste tú

    for the last time: no! — por última vez no!

    about time: it's about time someone told him ya es hora or ya va siendo hora de que alguien se lo diga; I've finished - and about time too! he terminado - ya era hora!; ahead of time: the first stage was completed ahead of time la primera fase se terminó antes de tiempo; any time: come any time ven cuando quieras or en cualquier momento; call me any time between nine and eleven llámame a cualquier hora entre las nueve y las once; I'd rather work for Mary any time yo prefiero trabajar para Mary, toda la vida (y cien años más); they should be here any time (now) en cualquier momento llegan, deben de estar por llegar de un momento al otro; at a time: four at a time de cuatro en cuatro or (AmL tb) de a cuatro; one at a time! de a uno!, uno por uno! or uno por vez!; I can only do one thing at a time sólo puedo hacer una cosa a la or por vez; for months at a time durante meses enteros; at the same time ( simultaneously) al mismo tiempo; ( however) (as linker) al mismo tiempo, de todas formas; at times a veces; at this time (AmE) ahora, en este momento; every time: I make the same mistake every time! siempre cometo el mismo error!; gin or whisky? - give me whisky every time! ¿ginebra or whisky? - para mí whisky, toda la vida; every o each time (as conj) ( whenever) cada vez; from time to time de vez en cuando; on time ( on schedule): the buses hardly ever run on time los autobuses casi nunca pasan a su hora or puntualmente; she's never on time nunca llega temprano, siempre llega tarde; time after time o time and (time) again — una y otra vez

    14) c ( experience)

    to have a good/bad/hard time — pasarlo bien/mal/muy mal

    have a good time! — que te diviertas (or que se diviertan etc)!, que lo pases (or pasen etc) bien!

    don't give me a hard time — (esp AmE) no me mortifiques

    thank you for a lovely time — gracias por todo, lo hemos pasado estupendamente

    15) u ( Mus) compás m

    out of time — descompasado, fuera de compás

    to beat/keep time — marcar*/seguir* el compás

    to mark time — ( march on the spot) marcar* el paso; ( make no progress) hacer* tiempo; (before n)

    time signature — llave f de tiempo

    16) times pl ( Math)

    it's four times bigger — es cuatro veces más grande; (before n)

    times table — tabla f de multiplicar


    II
    a) ( Sport) cronometrar

    the demonstration was timeed to coincide with his arrival — la hora de la manifestación estaba calculada para coincidir con su llegada

    his shot was badly timed — no calculó bien el momento en que debía chutar/disparar

    [taɪm]
    1. N
    1) (gen) tiempo m

    as time goes on or by — con el (paso del) tiempo, a medida que pasa/pasaba el tiempo

    • race against time — carrera f contra (el) reloj

    • for all time — para siempre

    • Father Time — el Tiempo

    • to find (the) time for sth — encontrar tiempo para algo

    • time flies — el tiempo vuela

    how time flies! — ¡cómo pasa el tiempo!

    • to gain time — ganar tiempo

    • half the time he's drunk — la mayor parte del tiempo está borracho

    • to have (the) time (to do sth) — tener tiempo (para hacer algo)

    • to make time — (US) * ganar tiempo, apresurarse

    • to make up for lost time — recuperar el tiempo perdido

    • it's only a matter or question of time before it falls — solo es cuestión de tiempo antes de que caiga

    • I've no time for him — (too busy) no tengo tiempo para él; (contemptuous) no le aguanto

    • my time is my own — yo dispongo de mi tiempo

    • time is on our side — el tiempo obra a nuestro favor

    • time and space — el tiempo y el espacio

    • to take time, it takes time — requiere tiempo, lleva su tiempo

    take your time! — tómate el tiempo que necesites, ¡no hay prisa!

    you certainly took your time! — iro ¡no es precisamente que te mataras corriendo!

    • (only) time will tell — el tiempo lo dirá

    to have time on one's hands —

    once you retire you'll have time on your hands — cuando te hayas jubilado, tendrás todo el tiempo del mundo

    - kill time
    - pass the time of day with sb
    - play for time
    - be pressed for time
    spare, waste
    2) (=period of time) tiempo m, período m; (relatively short) rato m

    • have you been here all this time? — ¿has estado aquí todo este tiempo?

    • for the time being — por ahora, de momento

    • for a time — durante un rato; (longer) durante una temporada

    • a long time — mucho tiempo

    a long time ago — hace mucho (tiempo), hace tiempo

    • in no time at all — en un abrir y cerrar de ojos

    • it will last our time — durará lo que nosotros

    • a short time — poco tiempo, un rato

    a short time after — poco (tiempo) después, al poco tiempo

    • for some time past — de algún tiempo a esta parte

    after some time she looked up at me/wrote to me — después de cierto tiempo levantó la vista hacia mí/me escribió, pasado algún tiempo levantó la vista hacia mí/me escribió

    • in a week's time — dentro de una semana

    in two weeks' time — en dos semanas, al cabo de dos semanas

    - do time
    serve

    • on Saturdays they pay time and a half — los sábados pagan lo normal más la mitad

    • he did it in his own time — lo hizo en su tiempo libre or fuera de (las) horas de trabajo

    • to be on short time, work short time — trabajar en jornadas reducidas

    full-time, part-time, short-time
    4) (=moment, point of time) momento m

    • about time too! — ¡ya era hora!

    • come (at) any time (you like) — ven cuando quieras

    • at times — a veces, a ratos

    at all times — siempre, en todo momento

    • to die before one's time — morir temprano

    not before time! — ¡ya era hora!

    • between times — en los intervalos

    • by the time he arrived — para cuando él llegó

    by this time — ya, antes de esto

    • to choose one's time carefully — elegir con cuidado el momento más propicio

    • the time has come to leave — ha llegado el momento de irse

    • at a convenient time — en un momento oportuno

    • at any given time — en cualquier momento dado

    • her time was drawing near — (to give birth) se acercaba el momento de dar a luz; (to die) estaba llegando al final de su vida

    • it's high time you got a job — ya va siendo hora de que consigas un trabajo

    • at my time of life — a mi edad, con los años que yo tengo

    • at no time did I mention it — no lo mencioné en ningún momento

    • now is the time to go — ahora es el momento de irse

    • at odd times — (=occasionally) de vez en cuando

    • from that time on — a partir de entonces, desde entonces

    • at one time — en cierto momento, en cierta época

    • this is neither the time nor the place to discuss it — este no es ni el momento ni el lugar oportuno para hablar de eso

    • at the present time — actualmente, en la actualidad

    • at the proper time — en el momento oportuno

    • at the same time — (=simultaneously) al mismo tiempo, a la vez; (=even so) al mismo tiempo, por otro lado

    • until such time as he agrees — hasta que consienta

    • at that time — por entonces, en aquel entonces, en aquella época

    • at this particular time — en este preciso momento

    • at this time of the year — en esta época del año

    bide
    5) (by clock) hora f

    what's the time? — ¿qué hora es?

    the time is 2.30 — son las dos y media

    "time gentlemen please!" — "¡se cierra!"

    • to arrive ahead of time — llegar temprano

    • at any time of the day or night — en cualquier momento or a cualquier hora del día o de la noche

    • to be 30 minutes behind time — llevar 30 minutos de retraso

    • it's coffee time — es la hora del café

    • at this time of day — a esta hora

    • it's time for the news — es (la) hora de las noticias

    • let me know in good time — avíseme con anticipación

    to start in good time — partir a tiempo, partir pronto

    • have you got the (right) time? — ¿tiene la hora (exacta)?

    • Greenwich mean time — hora f de Greenwich

    • we were just in time to see it — llegamos justo a tiempo para verlo

    • a watch that keeps good time — un reloj muy exacto

    • just look at the time! — ¡fíjate qué hora es ya!, ¡mira qué tarde es!

    • what time do you make it?, what do you make the time? — ¿qué hora es or tiene?

    • to be on time — [person] ser puntual, llegar puntualmente; [train, plane] llegar puntual

    • to tell the time — [clock] dar la hora; [child] saber decir la hora

    see closing, opening
    6) (=era, period) tiempo m, época f

    in Elizabethan times — en tiempos isabelinos, en la época isabelina

    what times they were!, what times we had! — ¡qué tiempos aquellos!

    • to be ahead of one's time — adelantarse a su época

    • that was all before my time — todo eso fue antes de mis tiempos

    • to be behind the times — [person] estar atrasado de noticias; [thing, idea] estar fuera de moda, haber quedado anticuado

    • how times change! — ¡cómo cambian las cosas!

    • in times to come — en tiempos venideros

    • times were hard — fueron tiempos duros

    • to keep abreast of or up with the times — ir con los tiempos, mantenerse al día

    • the times we live in — los tiempos en que vivimos

    • in modern times — en tiempos modernos

    • to move with the times — ir con los tiempos, mantenerse al día

    • in olden times, in times past — en otro tiempo, antiguamente

    • time was when... — hubo un tiempo en que...

    sign
    7) (=experience)

    to have a bad or rough or thin time (of it) — pasarlo mal, pasarlas negras

    • to have a good time — pasarlo bien, divertirse

    • we had a high old time * — lo hemos pasado en grande *

    • we have a lovely time — lo pasamos la mar de bien *

    • have a nice time! — ¡que lo pases/paséis etc bien!

    to make the big time — alcanzar el éxito, triunfar

    big-time
    8) (=occasion) vez f

    I remember the time he came here — recuerdo la ocasión en que vino por aquí, me acuerdo de cuando vino por aquí

    • time after time, time and again — repetidas veces, una y otra vez

    • to carry three boxes at a time — llevar tres cajas a la vez

    • each time, every time — cada vez

    it's the best, every time! — ¡es el mejor, no hay duda!

    give me beer every time! — ¡para mí, siempre cerveza!

    • the first time I did it — la primera vez que lo hice

    • last time — la última vez

    • many times — muchas veces

    many's the time... — no una vez, sino muchas...

    • next time — la próxima vez, a la próxima (esp LAm)

    • the second time round — (=second marriage) la segunda intentona de matrimonio

    • several times — varias veces

    • this time — esta vez

    • at various times in the past — en determinados momentos del pasado

    9) (Mus) compás m

    in 3/4 time — al compás de 3 por 4

    • to beat time — marcar el compás

    • in time to the music — al compás de la música

    • to keep time — llevar el compás

    • to get out of time — perder el compás

    beat 2., 4), mark II, 2., 7)
    10) (Math)

    it's five times faster than or as fast as yours — es cinco veces más rápido que el tuyo

    11) (Mech)
    2. VT
    1) (=schedule) planear, calcular; (=choose time of) [+ remark, request] elegir el momento para

    the race is timed for 8.30 — el comienzo de la carrera está previsto para las 8.30

    the strike was carefully timed to cause maximum disruption — se había escogido el momento de la huelga para ocasionar el mayor trastorno posible

    ill-timed, well-timed
    2) (=reckon time of) [+ call, journey] calcular la duración de; (with stopwatch) cronometrar

    to time o.s. — cronometrarse

    3.
    CPD

    time and motion study N — estudio m de tiempos y movimientos

    time bomb N — bomba f de relojería

    time capsule N — cápsula f del tiempo

    time card N — tarjeta f de registro horario

    time check N — (Sport) control m de tiempos

    can I have a time check, please? — ¿qué hora es ahora, por favor?

    time clock N — reloj m registrador, reloj m de control de asistencia

    time deposit N — (US) depósito m a plazo

    time difference N — diferencia f horaria

    time exposure N — (Phot) exposición f

    time frame N — margen m de tiempo

    time fuse N — temporizador m, espoleta f graduada, espoleta f de tiempo

    time lag N — (=delay) retraso m; (=lack of synchronization) desfase m

    time limit N — plazo m, límite m de tiempo; (=closing date) fecha f tope

    time loan N — (US) préstamo m a plazo fijo

    time lock N — cerradura f de tiempo

    time machine N — máquina f de transporte a través del tiempo

    time management N — gestión f del tiempo

    time management consultant N — consultor(a) m / f de gestión del tiempo

    time management course N — curso m de gestión del tiempo

    time management skills NPL — técnicas fpl de gestión del tiempo

    time management training N — formación f en gestión del tiempo

    time off N — (=free time) tiempo m libre

    time out N — (esp US) (Sport) (also fig) tiempo m muerto

    to take time out (from sth/from doing sth) — descansar (de algo/de hacer algo)

    time payment N — (US) pago m a plazos

    time saver N —

    time sheet N — = time card

    time signal N — señal f horaria

    time signature N — (Mus) compás m, signatura f de compás

    time slice N — fracción f de tiempo

    time slot N — franja f horaria

    time span N — periodo m de tiempo

    time switch N — interruptor m horario

    time trial N — (Cycling) prueba f contra reloj, contrarreloj f

    time warp N — salto m en el tiempo, túnel m del tiempo

    time zone N — huso m horario

    * * *

    I [taɪm]
    1) noun
    2) u (past, present, future) tiempo m

    as time goes by o passes — a medida que pasa el tiempo, con el paso or el correr del tiempo

    at this point o moment in time — en este momento, en el momento presente

    time and tide wait for no man — el tiempo pasa inexorablemente; (before n) < travel> en el tiempo

    time machine — máquina f del tiempo

    3) u (time available, necessary for something) tiempo m

    could I have five minutes of your time? — ¿podría concederme cinco minutos?

    to make time for something — hacer(se)* or encontrar* tiempo para algo

    to make time — ( hurry) (AmE colloq) darse* prisa, apurarse (AmL)

    I spend all my time reading/thinking — me paso todo el tiempo leyendo/pensando

    it takes time to get used to the climate — lleva or toma tiempo acostumbrarse al clima

    to take one's time: just take your time tómate todo el tiempo que necesites or quieras; you took your time! cómo has tardado!; to buy time ganar tiempo; to have a lot of/no time for somebody/something: I have no time for people like her no soporto a la gente como ella; I've got a lot of time for him me cae muy bien; to have time on one's hands: I had time on my hands me sobraba el tiempo; to play for time — tratar de ganar tiempo

    4) (no pl) (period - of days, months, years) tiempo m; (- of hours) rato m

    they lived in Paris for a time/for a long time — vivieron un tiempo/mucho tiempo or muchos años en París

    long time no see! — (colloq) tanto tiempo (sin verte)!

    some time later they moved to Brussels — (un) tiempo después se mudaron a Bruselas, tras cierto tiempo se mudaron a Bruselas

    for some considerable time o for quite some time now there have been rumors that... — hace ya bastante tiempo que se rumorea que...

    in an hour's/three months'/ten years' time — dentro de una hora/tres meses/diez años

    cooking time — tiempo m de cocción

    your time's up — se te (or les etc) ha acabado el tiempo

    for the time being — por el momento, de momento

    to serve o (colloq) do time — cumplir una condena, estar* a la sombra (fam)

    all the time — ( constantly) constantemente; ( the whole period) todo el tiempo

    in time — ( early enough) a tiempo; ( eventually) con el tiempo

    all in good time — cada cosa a su tiempo, todo a su debido tiempo

    in no time (at all) — rapidísimo, en un abrir y cerrar de ojos, en un santiamén

    6) u ( airtime) (Rad, TV) espacio m
    7) u c (for journey, race, task) tiempo m

    what's your fastest time over 400m? — ¿cuál es tu mejor tiempo or marca en los 400 metros?

    to take o (BrE also) have time off — tomarse tiempo libre

    9)
    a) c (epoch, age) (often pl) época f, tiempo m

    at one time — en una época or un tiempo, en otros tiempos

    in times of crisis — en épocas or tiempos de crisis

    in Tudor times — en la época de los Tudor, en tiempos de los Tudor

    there was a time when o time was when... — hubo un tiempo cuando...

    in times to come — en el futuro, en tiempos venideros

    to be ahead of one's time: he's ahead/he was ahead of his time se ha adelantado/se adelantó a su época; to be behind the times \<\<ideas\>\> ser* anticuado, estar* desfasado; \<\<person\>\> estar* atrasado de noticias (fam); to keep up with o abreast of the times — mantenerse* al día

    I've seen some funny things in my time but... — he visto cosas raras en mi vida pero...

    10)
    a) u ( by clock) hora f

    what's the time?, what time is it? — ¿qué hora es?

    do you have the time? — ¿tienes hora?

    the time is ten minutes to ten — son las diez menos diez minutos, son diez para las diez (AmL exc RPl)

    to be able to tell the time o (AmE also) tell time — saber* (decir) la hora

    British Summer Time — horario m de verano

    Eastern Standard Time — ( in US) hora f de la costa atlántica

    not to give somebody the time of day — no darle* a algn ni la hora

    to pass the time of day (with somebody): now she never even passes the time of day with me ahora ni siquiera me saluda; we passed the time of day charlamos un ratito; (before n) time switch temporizador m; time zone — huso m horario

    b) c u ( of event) hora f

    do you know the times of the trains? — ¿sabes el horario de los trenes?

    time FOR something/to + INF: we have to arrange a time for the next meeting tenemos que fijar una fecha y hora para la próxima reunión; is it time to go yet? ¿ya es hora de irse?; it's time you left o you were leaving es hora de que te vayas; at breakfast time — a la hora del desayuno

    11) c ( point in time)

    at the present/this particular time — en este momento/este preciso momento

    by that o this time we were really worried — para entonces ya estábamos preocupadísimos

    from that time on — a partir de entonces, desde entonces

    it's high time somebody did something — ya es hora or ya va siendo hora de que alguien haga algo

    she's resigned, and not before time — ha renunciado, y ya era hora

    my/her time has come — me/le ha llegado el momento

    to die before one's time — morir* tempranamente or prematuramente

    12) c (instance, occasion) vez f

    I've been there many a time o many times — he estado allí en numerosas ocasiones or muchas veces

    nine times out of ten — en el noventa por ciento de los casos, la gran mayoría de las veces

    let's leave it for another o some other time — dejémoslo para otro momento

    you paid (the) last time — la última vez or la otra vez pagaste tú

    for the last time: no! — por última vez no!

    about time: it's about time someone told him ya es hora or ya va siendo hora de que alguien se lo diga; I've finished - and about time too! he terminado - ya era hora!; ahead of time: the first stage was completed ahead of time la primera fase se terminó antes de tiempo; any time: come any time ven cuando quieras or en cualquier momento; call me any time between nine and eleven llámame a cualquier hora entre las nueve y las once; I'd rather work for Mary any time yo prefiero trabajar para Mary, toda la vida (y cien años más); they should be here any time (now) en cualquier momento llegan, deben de estar por llegar de un momento al otro; at a time: four at a time de cuatro en cuatro or (AmL tb) de a cuatro; one at a time! de a uno!, uno por uno! or uno por vez!; I can only do one thing at a time sólo puedo hacer una cosa a la or por vez; for months at a time durante meses enteros; at the same time ( simultaneously) al mismo tiempo; ( however) (as linker) al mismo tiempo, de todas formas; at times a veces; at this time (AmE) ahora, en este momento; every time: I make the same mistake every time! siempre cometo el mismo error!; gin or whisky? - give me whisky every time! ¿ginebra or whisky? - para mí whisky, toda la vida; every o each time (as conj) ( whenever) cada vez; from time to time de vez en cuando; on time ( on schedule): the buses hardly ever run on time los autobuses casi nunca pasan a su hora or puntualmente; she's never on time nunca llega temprano, siempre llega tarde; time after time o time and (time) again — una y otra vez

    14) c ( experience)

    to have a good/bad/hard time — pasarlo bien/mal/muy mal

    have a good time! — que te diviertas (or que se diviertan etc)!, que lo pases (or pasen etc) bien!

    don't give me a hard time — (esp AmE) no me mortifiques

    thank you for a lovely time — gracias por todo, lo hemos pasado estupendamente

    15) u ( Mus) compás m

    out of time — descompasado, fuera de compás

    to beat/keep time — marcar*/seguir* el compás

    to mark time — ( march on the spot) marcar* el paso; ( make no progress) hacer* tiempo; (before n)

    time signature — llave f de tiempo

    16) times pl ( Math)

    it's four times bigger — es cuatro veces más grande; (before n)

    times table — tabla f de multiplicar


    II
    a) ( Sport) cronometrar

    the demonstration was timeed to coincide with his arrival — la hora de la manifestación estaba calculada para coincidir con su llegada

    his shot was badly timed — no calculó bien el momento en que debía chutar/disparar

    English-spanish dictionary > time

  • 13 igualado

    adj.
    1 level, matched.
    2 similar, alike.
    3 disrespectful, cheeky, impudent, insolent.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: igualar.
    * * *
    1→ link=igualar igualar
    1 (allanado) level; (pulido) smooth
    2 DEPORTE evenly matched, closely fought
    * * *
    (f. - igualada)
    adj.
    1) even
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=a la misma altura) neck and neck
    2) [indicando posición] [competidores, equipos] evenly-matched; [competición, partido] even, evenly-matched

    el marcador o el partido estaba igualado a 84 puntos — the scores were level at 84-84

    3) [suelo, césped] levelled off, leveled off (EEUU)
    4) CAm, Méx * (=irrespetuoso) disrespectful ( to people of a higher class)
    * * *
    - da adjetivo
    1)
    a) (Dep)

    van/están muy igualados — they're very close, they're neck and neck

    b) < superficie> even, level
    2) (Méx fam) ( irrespetuoso) sassy (AmE colloq), cheeky (BrE colloq)
    * * *
    Ex. In recent months, DC has continued to close the gap, and the two leaders are now virtually neck and neck = En los últimos meses, DC ha continuado acortando distancias y ahora los dos líderes van bastante parejos.
    * * *
    - da adjetivo
    1)
    a) (Dep)

    van/están muy igualados — they're very close, they're neck and neck

    b) < superficie> even, level
    2) (Méx fam) ( irrespetuoso) sassy (AmE colloq), cheeky (BrE colloq)
    * * *

    Ex: In recent months, DC has continued to close the gap, and the two leaders are now virtually neck and neck = En los últimos meses, DC ha continuado acortando distancias y ahora los dos líderes van bastante parejos.

    * * *
    A
    1 ( Dep):
    van/están muy igualados they're very close, they're neck and neck
    dos equipos muy igualados two very evenly-matched teams
    al final de la primera mitad iban igualados a tres at the end of the first half they were level at three three o three each
    2 ‹superficie› even, level
    B ( Méx fam) (irrespetuoso) disrespectful, sassy ( AmE colloq), cheeky ( BrE colloq)
    * * *

    Del verbo igualar: ( conjugate igualar)

    igualado es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    igualado    
    igualar
    igualado
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    1
    a) (Dep):


    quedaron igualados they drew;
    iban igualados a tres they were level at three-three
    b) ‹ superficie› even, level

    2 (Méx fam) ( irrespetuoso) sassy (AmE colloq), cheeky (BrE colloq)
    igualar ( conjugate igualar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹superficie/terreno› to level, level off;

    ‹flequillo/dobladillo› to even up, make … straight
    b) ‹ salarios› to make … equal o the same;

    igualado algo con or a algo to make sth the same as sth
    2 ‹éxito/récord› to equal, match
    igualarse verbo pronominal:

    igualadose a or con algo to match o equal sth
    igualar verbo transitivo
    1 to make equal
    2 (una superficie) to level
    3 Dep (empatar) to equalize

    ' igualado' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    desigual
    * * *
    igualado, -a adj
    1. [terreno] levelled, level
    2. Dep
    de momento van igualados [empatados] the scores are level o even at the moment;
    3. [parejo] evenly matched;
    un partido muy igualado a very evenly balanced match;
    son dos equipos muy igualados they are two very evenly matched teams
    * * *
    adj even
    * * *
    igualado, -da adj
    1) : even (of a score)
    2) : level
    3) Mex : disrespectful

    Spanish-English dictionary > igualado

  • 14 mejor

    adj.
    better.
    no hay nada mejor que… there's nothing better than…
    es mejor que no vengas it would be better if you didn't come
    será mejor que te calles you'd better shut up, I suggest you shut up
    adv.
    1 better.
    ahora veo mejor I can see better now
    mejor no se lo digas it'd be better if you don't tell him
    mejor dicho (or) rather
    mejor que mejor so much the better
    2 best.
    el que la conoce mejor the one who knows her best
    * * *
    1 (comparativo) better
    ■ mi mejor amigo,-a my best friend
    1 (comparativo) better
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino el/la mejor
    1 the best (one)
    \
    a lo mejor perhaps, maybe
    en el mejor de los casos at the very best
    mejor dicho or rather
    mejor o peor one way or another
    mejor que mejor so much the better
    tanto mejor so much the better
    * * *
    1. adj.
    2) best
    2. adv.
    2) best
    •
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [comparativo]
    a) (=más bueno) [resultado, producto] better; [calidad, oferta] better, higher

    • y lo que es mejor — and even better, and better still

    • mejor que algo — better than sth

    b) (=preferible)

    • ser mejor — to be better

    2) [superlativo]
    a) [de dos] better

    de estos dos refrescos, ¿cuál es el mejor? — which is the better (out) of these two drinks?

    b) [de varios] [persona, producto] best; [calidad] top, highest; [oferta] highest, best

    ¿quién es tu mejor amigo? — who is your best friend?

    ser el mejor de la clase — to be the best in the class, be top of the class

    un jamón de la mejor calidad — a top quality ham, a ham of the highest quality

    c)

    • lo mejor — the best

    os deseo (todo) lo mejor — I wish you all the best, my best wishes (to you)

    lo mejor del caso es que... — the good thing is that..., the best part of it is that...

    • os deseo lo mejor del mundo — I wish you all the best

    • tenéis que hacerlo lo mejor posible — you have to do the best you can, you have to do your best

    • lo hice lo mejor que pude — I did it the best I could, I did it as well as I could

    • estar en lo mejor de la vida — to be in the prime of life

    partir 1., 3)
    2. ADV
    1) [comparativo de bien] better

    ¿te sientes algo mejor? — do you feel any better?

    ¡pues si no quieres venir con nosotros, mejor! — well, if you don't want to come with us, so much the better!

    • mejor dicho — or rather, or I should say

    lleva tres años en Inglaterra, o mejor dicho, en el Reino Unido — she's been in England, or rather o or I should say the United Kingdom, for three years

    • mucho mejor — much better, a lot better *

    • mejor o peor, mejor o peor, ya saldremos adelante — for better or (for) worse, we'll come through this

    • mejor que mejor, tanto mejor — so much the better, all the better

    nunca
    2) [superlativo de bien] best

    ¿quién es el que lo hace mejor? — who does it best?

    3) (=preferiblemente)

    mejor quedamos otro día — why don't we meet another day?, it'd be better if we met another day

    tú, mejor te callas — * you'd better keep quiet *

    mejor me voy — * I'd better go

    cuanto 2., 2)
    4)

    a lo mejor viene mañana — he might come tomorrow, maybe he'll come tomorrow

    -¿crees que lloverá hoy? -a lo mejor — "do you think it will rain today?" - "maybe" o "it might"

    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( comparativo de bueno) <producto/profesor> better; < calidad> better, higher, superior

    va a ser mejor que... — it's better if...

    tanto mejor or mejor que mejor — so much the better

    al final todo fue para mejor — it was all for o it all worked out for the best in the end

    b) ( comparativo de bien) better
    2)
    a) ( superlativo de bueno) ( entre dos) better; ( entre varios) best

    éste es el mejor — it's the best one o this one is the best

    II
    1)
    a) ( comparativo) better
    b)

    mejor dicho: me lleva dos años, mejor dicho, dos y medio — she's two years older than me, or rather, two and a half

    2)
    a) ( superlativo) best

    lo hice lo mejor que pude — I did it as best I could o (frml) to the best of my ability

    b)

    a lo mejor: a lo mejor este verano vamos a Italia — we may o might go to Italy this summer

    3) (esp AmL) ( en sugerencias)
    III
    masculino y femenino

    el/la mejor — ( de dos) the better; ( de varios) the best

    * * *
    = advantageous, better, improved, increased, optimal, superior, top, top quality, high-end, best ever.
    Ex. Often it would be advantageous to be able to snap the camera and to look at the picture immediately.
    Ex. Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.
    Ex. The matter of bulk is well taken care of by improved microfilming.
    Ex. Information networks are critical tools to ensure the exchange, transfer, and use of information which will facilitate the increased quality and quantity of agricultural production.
    Ex. The information manager supervises all services to ensure competitiveness, optimal staff deployment and attention to users.
    Ex. Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.
    Ex. ISI's indexes let you locate research in the world's top journals by citation, title word, author, institution, or journal.
    Ex. The quality of a university's research library may not be sufficient to attract top quality students.
    Ex. The system provides extensive map facilities which until now have been available only on high-end hypermedia systems like Intermedia.
    Ex. The conference had a wobbly start in 1997 but has since grown increasingly stronger and has had its best ever year with over 650 attendees.
    ----
    * acabar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.
    * acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento = peak.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.
    * al mejor precio = at the best price.
    * al mejor precio posible = at the best possible price.
    * apreciar mejor = gain + an appreciation.
    * aprovechar mejor = make + the best use of.
    * aprovechar mejor el dinero = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * arreglárselas lo mejor posible = make + the best of things.
    * arreglarse lo mejor posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * atraído por la promesa de una vida mejor = drawn by the promise of a better life.
    * aun mejor = better still.
    * ayudar a comprender mejor = offer + insights, improve + understanding, glean + insights, give + an insight into, provide + insight into, lend + understanding to.
    * ayudar a conocer mejor = advance + understanding.
    * ayudar a entender mejor = lend + understanding to.
    * bestseller de los mejores = runaway bestseller.
    * cada vez mejor = from strength to strength.
    * cambiar para mejor = change for + the better.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * comprender mejor = gain + insight into, increase + understanding, gain + a better understanding, gain + a greater understanding, gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of, place + Nombre + in/into + perspective.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.
    * conocer mejor = gain + a better understanding, gain + a greater understanding.
    * cuando uno se encuentra mejor de ánimo = on the upswing.
    * cuanto antes mejor = sooner the better, the.
    * cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.
    * dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * de la mejor manera posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * de los mejores = high-end, as good as any, top-class.
    * de mejor manera = best.
    * demostrar ser mejor = prove + superior.
    * el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.
    * el mejor = best of breed, the.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.
    * el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.
    * el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.
    * empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.
    * encontrarse en una mejor situación económica = be economically better off.
    * en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.
    * en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.
    * en la mejor posición = best-positioned.
    * en las mejores condiciones posibles = in the best possible conditions.
    * en su mejor momento = at + Posesivo + peak.
    * entender mejor = gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of, place + Nombre + in/into + perspective.
    * estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.
    * estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.
    * funcionar mejor = work + best, do + best.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pued = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer resaltar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * interpretar la ley según le convenga mejor a Uno = bend + the rules to suit + Posesivo + own purposes.
    * ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * la mejor manera = how best.
    * la mejor manera de = the best way of.
    * la mejor oferta = the best deal.
    * la mejor opción = the best bet.
    * la mejor salida = the best way forward.
    * la mejor solución = the best way forward.
    * lo mejor = the top of the tree.
    * lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.
    * lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.
    * lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....
    * lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.
    * lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.
    * lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.
    * lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.
    * lo que es aun mejor = better still.
    * lo que es mejor aun = better still.
    * mejor amigo = best friend.
    * mejor aun = better still.
    * mejor compra = best buy.
    * mejor conservado = best-preserved.
    * mejor dicho = nay.
    * mejor diseñado = best-designed, best-laid, best-laid.
    * mejor, el = best, the.
    * mejor imposible = as good as it gets.
    * mejor intento = best stab, best shot.
    * mejor oferta = best buy.
    * mejor oferta, la = best value, the.
    * mejor pensado = best-laid.
    * mejor planeado = best-laid.
    * mejor que = in preference to.
    * mejor relación calidad-precio, la = best value for money, the.
    * mejor sería que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.
    * mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * mucho mejor = far better.
    * mucho mejor que = far superior to.
    * nada es mejor que = nothing beats....
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * no estar en el mejor momento de Uno = be past + Posesivo + best.
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * ocupar la mejor posición para = be in the best position to, be best positioned to, be the best placed to.
    * Oficina para el Mejor Comercio = Better Business Bureau.
    * o mejor dicho = or rather.
    * para un futuro mejor = for a better future.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * pastos mejores = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * Posesivo + mejor amigo = Posesivo + best friend.
    * potenciar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.
    * que ocupa la mejor posición = best-positioned.
    * sacar a relucir las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * sacar el mejor partido de = get + the best out of.
    * sacar el mejor partido de Algo = make + the best use of, make + the best advantage of, make + the best possible use of.
    * sacar el mejor partido posible = get + the best of both worlds, get + the best of all worlds.
    * sacar mejor partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * secreto mejor guardado = best kept secret.
    * sería mejor que + Imperfecto de Subjuntivo = had better + Infinitivo.
    * sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.
    * sería mejor que yo = I'd better [I had better].
    * ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.
    * ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.
    * ser mejor en = be better at.
    * ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.
    * ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.
    * tanto mejor = so much the better.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.
    * terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.
    * tierras mejores = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.
    * trabajar mejor = work + best.
    * una mejor ocasión = a better time.
    * un mejor momento = a better time.
    * vida mejor = better life.
    * y aun mejor = better yet.
    * y mejor aun = better yet.
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( comparativo de bueno) <producto/profesor> better; < calidad> better, higher, superior

    va a ser mejor que... — it's better if...

    tanto mejor or mejor que mejor — so much the better

    al final todo fue para mejor — it was all for o it all worked out for the best in the end

    b) ( comparativo de bien) better
    2)
    a) ( superlativo de bueno) ( entre dos) better; ( entre varios) best

    éste es el mejor — it's the best one o this one is the best

    II
    1)
    a) ( comparativo) better
    b)

    mejor dicho: me lleva dos años, mejor dicho, dos y medio — she's two years older than me, or rather, two and a half

    2)
    a) ( superlativo) best

    lo hice lo mejor que pude — I did it as best I could o (frml) to the best of my ability

    b)

    a lo mejor: a lo mejor este verano vamos a Italia — we may o might go to Italy this summer

    3) (esp AmL) ( en sugerencias)
    III
    masculino y femenino

    el/la mejor — ( de dos) the better; ( de varios) the best

    * * *
    el mejor
    = best, the

    Ex: This fact further reinforces the notion that Western Europeans 'civilized' the world in the best interests of us -- the majority -- all.

    = advantageous, better, improved, increased, optimal, superior, top, top quality, high-end, best ever.

    Ex: Often it would be advantageous to be able to snap the camera and to look at the picture immediately.

    Ex: Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.
    Ex: The matter of bulk is well taken care of by improved microfilming.
    Ex: Information networks are critical tools to ensure the exchange, transfer, and use of information which will facilitate the increased quality and quantity of agricultural production.
    Ex: The information manager supervises all services to ensure competitiveness, optimal staff deployment and attention to users.
    Ex: Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.
    Ex: ISI's indexes let you locate research in the world's top journals by citation, title word, author, institution, or journal.
    Ex: The quality of a university's research library may not be sufficient to attract top quality students.
    Ex: The system provides extensive map facilities which until now have been available only on high-end hypermedia systems like Intermedia.
    Ex: The conference had a wobbly start in 1997 but has since grown increasingly stronger and has had its best ever year with over 650 attendees.
    * acabar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.
    * acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento = peak.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.
    * al mejor precio = at the best price.
    * al mejor precio posible = at the best possible price.
    * apreciar mejor = gain + an appreciation.
    * aprovechar mejor = make + the best use of.
    * aprovechar mejor el dinero = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * arreglárselas lo mejor posible = make + the best of things.
    * arreglarse lo mejor posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * atraído por la promesa de una vida mejor = drawn by the promise of a better life.
    * aun mejor = better still.
    * ayudar a comprender mejor = offer + insights, improve + understanding, glean + insights, give + an insight into, provide + insight into, lend + understanding to.
    * ayudar a conocer mejor = advance + understanding.
    * ayudar a entender mejor = lend + understanding to.
    * bestseller de los mejores = runaway bestseller.
    * cada vez mejor = from strength to strength.
    * cambiar para mejor = change for + the better.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * comprender mejor = gain + insight into, increase + understanding, gain + a better understanding, gain + a greater understanding, gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of, place + Nombre + in/into + perspective.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.
    * conocer mejor = gain + a better understanding, gain + a greater understanding.
    * cuando uno se encuentra mejor de ánimo = on the upswing.
    * cuanto antes mejor = sooner the better, the.
    * cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.
    * dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * de la mejor manera posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * de los mejores = high-end, as good as any, top-class.
    * de mejor manera = best.
    * demostrar ser mejor = prove + superior.
    * el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.
    * el mejor = best of breed, the.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.
    * el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.
    * el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.
    * empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.
    * encontrarse en una mejor situación económica = be economically better off.
    * en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.
    * en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.
    * en la mejor posición = best-positioned.
    * en las mejores condiciones posibles = in the best possible conditions.
    * en su mejor momento = at + Posesivo + peak.
    * entender mejor = gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of, place + Nombre + in/into + perspective.
    * estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.
    * estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.
    * funcionar mejor = work + best, do + best.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pued = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer resaltar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * interpretar la ley según le convenga mejor a Uno = bend + the rules to suit + Posesivo + own purposes.
    * ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * la mejor manera = how best.
    * la mejor manera de = the best way of.
    * la mejor oferta = the best deal.
    * la mejor opción = the best bet.
    * la mejor salida = the best way forward.
    * la mejor solución = the best way forward.
    * lo mejor = the top of the tree.
    * lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.
    * lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.
    * lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....
    * lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.
    * lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.
    * lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.
    * lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.
    * lo que es aun mejor = better still.
    * lo que es mejor aun = better still.
    * mejor amigo = best friend.
    * mejor aun = better still.
    * mejor compra = best buy.
    * mejor conservado = best-preserved.
    * mejor dicho = nay.
    * mejor diseñado = best-designed, best-laid, best-laid.
    * mejor, el = best, the.
    * mejor imposible = as good as it gets.
    * mejor intento = best stab, best shot.
    * mejor oferta = best buy.
    * mejor oferta, la = best value, the.
    * mejor pensado = best-laid.
    * mejor planeado = best-laid.
    * mejor que = in preference to.
    * mejor relación calidad-precio, la = best value for money, the.
    * mejor sería que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.
    * mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * mucho mejor = far better.
    * mucho mejor que = far superior to.
    * nada es mejor que = nothing beats....
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * no estar en el mejor momento de Uno = be past + Posesivo + best.
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * ocupar la mejor posición para = be in the best position to, be best positioned to, be the best placed to.
    * Oficina para el Mejor Comercio = Better Business Bureau.
    * o mejor dicho = or rather.
    * para un futuro mejor = for a better future.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * pastos mejores = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * Posesivo + mejor amigo = Posesivo + best friend.
    * potenciar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.
    * que ocupa la mejor posición = best-positioned.
    * sacar a relucir las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * sacar el mejor partido de = get + the best out of.
    * sacar el mejor partido de Algo = make + the best use of, make + the best advantage of, make + the best possible use of.
    * sacar el mejor partido posible = get + the best of both worlds, get + the best of all worlds.
    * sacar mejor partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * secreto mejor guardado = best kept secret.
    * sería mejor que + Imperfecto de Subjuntivo = had better + Infinitivo.
    * sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.
    * sería mejor que yo = I'd better [I had better].
    * ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.
    * ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.
    * ser mejor en = be better at.
    * ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.
    * ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.
    * tanto mejor = so much the better.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.
    * terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.
    * tierras mejores = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.
    * trabajar mejor = work + best.
    * una mejor ocasión = a better time.
    * un mejor momento = a better time.
    * vida mejor = better life.
    * y aun mejor = better yet.
    * y mejor aun = better yet.

    * * *
    A
    1 (comparativo de bueno) ‹producto/obra/profesor› better; ‹calidad› better, higher, superior
    resultó mejor que el otro/de lo que pensábamos it was better than the other one/than we expected
    va a ser mejor que no nos veamos más it's better if we don't see each other anymore
    y si no quiere comer tanto mejor or mejor que mejor and if she doesn't want to eat, all the better o so much the better
    cuanto más grande mejor the bigger the better
    al final todo fue para mejor it was all o it all worked out for the best in the end
    me siento mejor que ayer I feel better than (I did) yesterday
    sabe mucho mejor así it tastes much better like that
    B
    es el mejor jugador del equipo he's the best player in the team
    mi mejor amiga my best friend
    productos de la mejor calidad products of the highest quality
    este vino es de lo mejorcito que producen ( fam); this is one of their better wines
    lo mejor es que le digas la verdad the best thing (to do) is to tell her the truth
    le deseo lo mejor I wish you the very best o all the best
    hoy es el día en que la he encontrado mejor today is the best I've seen her
    la que está mejor de dinero the one who has most money o ( colloq) who's best off
    A
    1 (comparativo) better
    luego lo pensé mejor y decidí aceptar then I thought better of it and decided to accept
    pintas cada vez mejor your painting is getting better and better o is getting better all the time
    2
    mejor dicho: me lleva dos años, mejor dicho, dos años y medio she's two years older than me, sorry, two and a half o or rather, two and a half o no, two and a half
    B
    éste es el lugar desde donde se ve mejor this is where you can see best (from)
    la versión mejor ambientada de la obra the best-staged production of the play
    lo hice lo mejor que pude I did it as well as I could, I did it as best I could o ( frml) to the best of my ability
    2
    a lo mejor: a lo mejor este verano vamos a Italia we may o might go to Italy this summer
    a lo mejor no se han enterado they may o might not have heard, maybe o perhaps they haven't heard
    C
    ( esp AmL) (en sugerencias): mejor lo dejamos para otro día why don't we leave it for another day?, I suggest we leave it o let's leave it for another day
    mejor me callo I think I'd better shut up
    mejor pídeselo tú it would be better if you asked him, why don't you ask him?
    el/la mejor (de dos) the better; (de varios) the best
    se quedó con el mejor de los dos/de todos she kept the better of the two/the best one of all for herself
    es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class
    * * *

     

    mejor adjetivo
    1

    ◊ bueno) ‹producto/profesor› better;


    ‹ calidad› better, higher, superior;

    cuanto más grande mejor the bigger the better

    ◊ bien) better;

    está mejor así it's better like this
    2



    ( entre varios) best;

    productos de la mejor calidad products of the highest quality;
    lo mejor es que se lo digas the best thing (to do) is to tell her;
    le deseo lo mejor I wish you the very best o all the best

    ◊ bien): la que está mejor de dinero the one who has the most money

    ■ adverbio
    1 ( comparativo) better;

    pintas cada vez mejor your painting is getting better and better;
    me lleva dos años, mejor dicho, dos y medio she's two years older than me, or rather, two and a half
    2 ( superlativo) best;

    la versión mejor ambientada de la obra the best-staged production of the play;
    lo hice lo mejor que pude I did it as best I could o (frml) to the best of my ability;
    a lo mejor maybe, perhaps;
    a lo mejor vamos a Italia we may o might go to Italy
    3 (esp AmL) ( en sugerencias):

    mejor me callo I think I'd better shut up
    ■ sustantivo masculino y femenino:
    ◊ el/la mejor ( de dos) the better;


    ( de varios) the best;

    mejor
    I adjetivo
    1 (comparativo de bueno) better: mi bolígrafo es mejor que el tuyo, my pen is better than yours
    es mejor que confieses, you'd better confess
    no hay nada mejor, there's nothing better
    2 (superlativo de bueno) best
    la mejor de la clase, the best in the class
    lo mejor, the best thing
    II adverbio
    1 (comparativo de bien) better: canta mucho mejor, he sings much better
    estamos mejor atendidos, we are better looked after
    lo hace mejor que tú, she does it better than you do
    2 (superlativo de bien) best: soy la que mejor lo hace, I'm the one who does it best
    3 (antes, preferiblemente) mejor lo escribes, you'd better write it down
    déjalo mejor para la tarde, it'd be better if you left it for the evening
    ♦ Locuciones: a lo mejor, maybe, perhaps, tanto mejor, so much the better

    ' mejor' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bastante
    - calaña
    - caso
    - concebir
    - corta
    - corto
    - cuanta
    - cuanto
    - desear
    - despersonalizada
    - despersonalizado
    - dicha
    - dicho
    - diplomacia
    - don
    - duda
    - él
    - embalarse
    - flor
    - gafar
    - infinitamente
    - ingeniar
    - irse
    - modestamente
    - pegar
    - pique
    - postor
    - postora
    - premio
    - que
    - resbaladiza
    - resbaladizo
    - revolver
    - según
    - sentar
    - sentirse
    - superarse
    - superior
    - tanta
    - tanto
    - vaho
    - vida
    - voluntad
    - alegrar
    - caber
    - cada
    - camino
    - casi
    - como
    - cuando
    English:
    acclaim
    - acknowledge
    - and
    - any
    - at
    - attest
    - awaken
    - best
    - better
    - brand
    - bust up
    - but
    - by
    - change
    - choose
    - clean up
    - dog
    - ever
    - eyesight
    - far
    - female
    - few
    - flagship
    - gazump
    - gazumping
    - grade
    - highlight
    - institution
    - job
    - late
    - laugh
    - lion
    - look up
    - lot
    - love
    - male-dominated
    - maybe
    - mile
    - more
    - much
    - next
    - of
    - off
    - one-upmanship
    - optimal
    - out
    - outdistance
    - outmaneuver
    - outmanoeuvre
    - pain
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    1. [comparativo] better ( que than);
    un mundo mejor a better world;
    ella tiene una moto mucho mejor she has a much better motorbike;
    una televisión de mejor calidad a better-quality television;
    no hay nada mejor que… there's nothing better than…;
    es mejor que no vengas it would be better if you didn't come;
    será mejor que te calles you'd better shut up, I suggest you shut up;
    sería mejor que llamáramos a un médico we ought to call a doctor;
    un cambio a o [m5] para mejor a change for the better
    2. [superlativo]
    el/la mejor… the best…;
    el mejor vino de todos/del mundo the best wine of all/in the world;
    un producto de la mejor calidad a top-quality product, a product of the highest quality;
    es lo mejor que nos pudo ocurrir it was the best thing that could have happened to us;
    lo mejor es que nos marchemos it would be best if we left;
    te deseo lo mejor I wish you all the best;
    lo mejor fue que… the best thing was that…;
    a lo mejor maybe, perhaps;
    a lo mejor voy I may go
    ♦ nmf
    el/la mejor (de) the best (in);
    el mejor de todos/del mundo the best of all/in the world;
    el mejor de los dos the better of the two;
    que gane el mejor may the best man win
    ♦ adv
    1. [comparativo] better ( que than);
    ahora veo mejor I can see better now;
    el inglés se me da mejor que el alemán I'm better at English than I am at German;
    lo haces cada vez mejor you're getting better and better at it;
    ¿qué tal las vacaciones? – mejor imposible Br how were your holidays?, US how was your vacation? – couldn't have been any better;
    mejor me quedo I'd better stay;
    mejor no se lo digas it'd be better if you didn't tell him;
    mejor quedamos mañana it would be better if we met tomorrow;
    estar mejor [no tan malo] to feel better;
    [recuperado] to be better;
    nos va mejor con este gobierno we're better off under this government;
    me lo he pensado mejor I've thought better of it;
    mejor dicho (or) rather;
    mejor para ti/él/ etc so much the better;
    si tienen mucho dinero, mejor para ellos if they've got lots of money, so much the better;
    me han invitado a la ceremonia – mejor para ti I've been invited to the ceremony – good for you;
    mejor que mejor so much the better;
    tanto mejor so much the better
    2. [superlativo] best;
    el que la conoce mejor the one who knows her best;
    esto es lo que se me da mejor this is what I'm best at;
    los vinos mejor elaborados the finest wines;
    el personal mejor preparado the best-qualified staff
    * * *
    I adj
    1 comp better;
    está mejor that’s better;
    ir a mejor get better;
    tanto mejor all the better
    2 sup
    :
    el mejor the best;
    lo mejor the best thing;
    lo mejor posible as well as possible;
    dar lo mejor de sí mismo do one’s best
    II
    :
    mejor para ti good for you;
    a lo mejor perhaps, maybe
    * * *
    mejor adv
    1) : better
    Carla cocina mejor que Ana: Carla cooks better than Ana
    2) : best
    ella es la que lo hace mejor: she's the one who does it best
    3) : rather
    mejor morir que rendirme: I'd rather die than give up
    4) : it's better that...
    mejor te vas: you'd better go
    5)
    a lo mejor : maybe, perhaps
    mejor adj
    1) (comparative of bueno) : better
    a falta de algo mejor: for lack of something better
    2) (comparative of bien) : better
    está mucho mejor: he's much better
    3) (superlative of bueno) : best, the better
    mi mejor amigo: my best friend
    4) (superlative of bien) : best, the better
    duermo mejor en un clima seco: I sleep best in a dry climate
    5) preferible: preferable, better
    6)
    lo mejor : the best thing, the best part
    mejor nmf, (with definite article) : the better (one), the best (one)
    * * *
    mejor adj adv
    1. (comparativo) better
    (es) mejor que... it's better...

    Spanish-English dictionary > mejor

  • 15 _різне

    aim at the stars, but keep your feet on the ground all are not thieves that dogs bark at all cats are grey in the dark all roads lead to Rome always lend a helping hand among the blind the one-eyed man is king as the days grow longer, the storms are stronger at a round table, there is no dispute of place a bad excuse is better than none a bad vessel is seldom broken be just before you're generous be just to all, but trust not all the best things come in small packages the best way to resist temptation is to give in to it better alone than in bad company better an empty house than a bad tenant better be the head of a dog than the tail of a lion better ride an ass that carries me than a horse that throws me better to beg than to steal, but better to work than to beg better a tooth out than always aching between two stools one goes to the ground a bird may be known by its flight a bird never flew on one wing a bit in the morning is better than nothing all day a bleating sheep loses a bite a blind man would be glad to see a blind man needs no looking glass bread always falls buttered side down a burden which one chooses is not felt butter to butter is no relish cast no dirt in the well that gives you water the chain is no stronger than its weakest link a change is as good as a rest Christmas comes but once a year circumstances after cases cleanliness is next to godliness the cobbler's wife is the worst shod a cold hand, a warm heart comparisons are odious consistency is a jewel consideration is half of conversation a creaking door hangs long on its hinges desperate diseases must have desperate remedies the devil looks after his own diamond cut diamond dirt shows the quickest on the cleanest cotton discontent is the first step in progress do as you would be done by dog does not eat dog a dog that will fetch a bone will carry a bone a dog will not cry if you beat him with a bone do not spoil the ship for a ha'porth of tar do not throw pearls before swine do your best and leave the rest with God do your duty and be afraid of none don't be a yes-man don't cut off your nose to spite your face don't drown yourself to save a drowning man don't look a gift horse in the mouth don't spur a willing horse don't strike a man when he is down don't swap the witch for the devil eagles don't catch flies eagles fly alone, but sheep flock together the English are a nation of shopkeepers even a stopped clock is right twice a day every cock sings in his own way every fish that escapes seems greater than it is every man is a pilot in a calm sea every medal has its reverse side every thing comes to a man who does not need it every tub smells of the wine it holds evil communications corrupt good manners the exception proves the rule exchange is no robbery extremes meet facts are stubborn things familiarity breeds contempt fast bind, fast find fields have eyes, and woods have ears fight fire with fire figure on the worst but hope for the best fingers were made before forks the fire which lights us at a distance will burn us when near the first shall be last and the last, first follow your own star forbearance is no acquittance the fox knows much, but more he that catches him from the day you were born till you ride in a hearse, there's nothing so bad but it might have been worse from the sweetest wine, the tartest vinegar fruit is golden in the morning, silver at noon, and lead at night gambling is the son of avarice and the father of despair the game is not worth the candles a gentleman never makes any noise the gift bringer always finds an open door the giver makes the gift precious a good horse cannot be of a bad colour a good tale is none the worse for being twice told good riddance to bad rubbish the greatest right in the world is the right to be wrong the half is more than the whole half a loaf is better than no bread half an orange tastes as sweet as a whole one hawk will not pick out hawk's eyes the heart has arguments with which the understanding is unacquainted he may well swim that is held up by the chin he that doesn't respect, isn't respected he that lies down with dogs must rise with fleas he that would live at peace and rest must hear and see and say the best he who is absent is always in the wrong he who follows is always behind the higher the climb, the broader the view history is a fable agreed upon hitch your wagon to a star the ideal we embrace is our better self if a bee didn't have a sting, he couldn't keep his honey if a sheep loops the dyke, all the rest will follow I fear Greeks even when bringing gifts if each would sweep before his own door, we should have a clean city if the cap fits, wear it if the mountain will not come to Mohammed, Mohammed must go to the mountain if you cannot bite, never show your teeth if you cannot have the best, make the best of what you have if you cannot speak well of a person, don't speak of him at all if you leave your umbrella at home, it is sure to rain if you wish to see the best in others, show the best of yourself ill news travels fast ill weeds grow apace an inch breaks no square it always pays to be a gentleman it costs nothing to ask it is easier to descend than ascend it is easier to pull down than to build up it is good fishing in troubled waters it is idle to swallow the cow and choke on the tail it is the last straw that breaks the camel's back it is sometimes best to burn your bridges behind you it is well to leave off playing when the game is at the best it is not clever to gamble, but to stop playing it's a small world it takes all sorts to make a world it takes a thief to catch a thief jealousy is a green-eyed monster jealousy is a proof of self-love keep a dress seven years and it will come back into style keep no more cats than will catch mice kindle not a fire that you cannot extinguish kissing goes by favor jam tomorrow and jam yesterday, but never jam today a joy that's shared is a joy made double justice is blind lay not the load on the lame horse learn to creep before you leap let the cock crow or not, the day will come the longest road is sometimes the shortest way home lookers-on see most of the game man does not live by bread alone many are called but few are chosen many go out for wool and come home shorn many stumble at a straw and leap over a block men cease to interest us when we find their limitations a misty morn may have a fine day the mob has many heads but no brains the moon is not seen when the sun shines the more the merrier mountain has brought forth a mouse much water runs by the mill that the miller knows not of name not a halter in his house that hanged himself the nearer the bone, the sweeter the meat never be the first by whom the new is tried nor yet the last to lay the old aside never do anything yourself you can get somebody else to do never is a long time never let your left hand know what your right hand is doing never make a bargain with the devil on a dark day never quarrel with your bread and butter never tell tales out of school a nod's as good as a wink to a blind horse no joy without alloy no man is a hero to his valet no mud can soil us but the mud we throw no names, no pack-drill no news good news no one but the wearer knows where the shoe pinches none is so blind as they who will not see none of us is perfect nothing is certain but the unforeseen nothing is easy to the unwilling nothing is so good but it might have been better nothing is stolen without hands nothing new under the sun nothing seems quite as good as new after being broken an old poacher makes the best keeper once is no rule one dog barks at nothing, the rest bark at him one good turn deserves another one half of the world does not know how the other half lives one hand washes the other one man's meat is another man's poison one picture is worth ten thousand words one volunteer is worth two pressed men one whip is good enough for a good horse; for a bad one, not a thousand opposites attract each other the orange that is squeezed too hard yields a bitter juice other people's burdens killed the ass out of the mire into the swamp painted flowers have no scent paper is patient: you can put anything on it people condemn what they do not understand pigs might fly the pitcher goes often to the well please ever; tease never plenty is no plague the porcupine, whom one must handle gloved, may be respected but is never loved the proof of the pudding is in the eating the remedy is worse than the disease reopen not the wounds once healed a rolling stone gathers no moss the rotten apple injures its neighbors scratch my back and I shall scratch yours the sea refuses no river seize what is highest and you will possess what is in between seldom seen, soon forgotten silence scandal by scandal the sharper the storm, the sooner it's over the sheep who talks peace with a wolf will soon be mutton since we cannot get what we like, let us like what we can get small faults indulged in are little thieves that let in greater solitude is at times the best society some people are too mean for heaven and too good for hell the soul of a man is a garden where, as he sows, so shall he reap sour grapes can never make sweet wine sow a thought and reap an act the sow loves bran better than roses a stick is quickly found to beat a dog with still waters run deep stoop low and it will save you many a bump through life a straw shows which way the wind blows a stream cannot rise above its source the style is the man the sun loses nothing by shining into a puddle the sun shines on all the world the sun will shine down our street too sunday plans never stand suspicion may be no fault, but showing it may be a great one sweetest nuts have the hardest shells the tail cannot shake the dog take things as they are, not as you'd have them tastes differ there are more ways of killing a dog than hanging it there is always room at the top there is life in the old dog yet there is no rose without a thorn there is small choice in rotten apples there is truth in wine there's as good fish in the sea as ever came out of it they need much whom nothing will content they that dance must pay the fiddler they walk with speed who walk alone those who hide can find three removals are as bad as a fire to the pure all things are pure to work hard, live hard, die hard, and go to hell after all would be hard indeed too far east is west translation is at best an echo a tree is known by its fruit a tree often transplanted neither grows nor thrives two can play at that game two dogs over one bone seldom agree venture a small fish to catch a great one the voice with a smile always wins wear my shoes and you'll know where they pitch we weep when we are born, not when we die what can you have of a cat but her skin what can't be cured must be endured what matters to a blind man that his father could see what you lose on the swings, you gain on the roundabouts when all you have is a hammer, everything looks like a nail when a dog is drowning, everyone offers him drink when in doubt, do nowt when interest is lost, memory is lost when a man lays the foundation of his own ruin, others will build on it when a river does not make a noise, it is either empty or very full when the devil is dead, he never lacks a chief mourner when two ride on one horse one must sit behind where bees are, there is honey where it is weakest, there the thread breaks who seeks what he should not finds what he would not why keep a dog and bark yourself? a wonder lasts but nine days the worth of a thing is best known by its want the world is a ladder for some to go up and some down would you persuade, speak of interest, not of reason you buy land, you buy stones; you buy meat, you buy bones you can take a horse to the water, but you cannot make him drink you can tell the day by the morning you cannot lose what you never had you cannot touch pitch and not be defiled you can't put new wine in old bottles you can't walk and look at the stars if you have a stone in your shoe your looking glass will tell you what none of your friends will zeal without knowledge is a runaway horse

    English-Ukrainian dictionary of proverbs > _різне

  • 16 HINN

    * * *
    I)
    (hin, hitt), dem. pron.
    1) the other; á hinn fótinn, on the other leg; pl. the others, the rest (Kimbi bar sár sín engan mun betr en hinir);
    2) emphatically, that; hitt ek hugða, that was what I thought; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know.
    (hin, hit), def. art., before an adjective standing alone or followed by a substantive, the, = inn, enn( eptir hinni eystri kvísl).
    * * *
    1.
    HIN, HIT, the article, an enclitic, which therefore can never serve as an accentuated syllable in a verse, either as rhyme or in alliteration. In good old MSS. (e. g. Cod. Reg. of Sæm.) it is hardly ever spelt with the aspirate, but is written inn, in, it or ið, or enn, en, et or eð, and thus distinguished from the demonstr. pron. hinn; but in the Editions the prob. spurious aspirate has been generally prefixed: an indecl. inu or hinu occurs often in later MSS. of the 14th century, e. g. the Fb.; but as it has not been heard of since and is unknown in the modern language, it simply seems to be a Norwegianism, thus, inu sömu orð, Th. 2; hinnu fyrri biskupa (gen. pl.), H. E. ii. 79; enu instu luti ( res intimas), Hom. 57 (Norse MS.); hinu ágæztu menn (nom. pl.), id.; innu óargu dýra, 657 A. ii. 12: [cp. Goth. jains = ἐκεινος; A. S. geond; Engl. yon; Germ. jener.]
    A. The:
    I. preceding the noun:
    1. before an adjective standing alone or followed by a substantive; inn mæri, inn ríki, inn dimmi dreki, inn mikli mögr, Vsp.; in aldna, id.; inn góða mjöð, the good mead, Gm. 13; inn mæra mjöð, Skm. 16; inn helga mjöð, Sdm. 18; in forna fold, Hým. 24; in fríða frilla, 30; inn fróði jötum, Vþm. 20; inn gamli þulr, 9; inn hára þul, Fm. 34; inn fráni ormr, 19; opt inn betri bilar þá er inn verri vegr, Hm. 127; in alsnotra ambátt, in arma, Þkv.; enn fróði afi, Skm. 2; in ílla mæra, 32; enn fráni ormr, 27; eð manunga man, Hm. 163; enn aldna jötun, 104; en horska mær, 95; it betra, Stor. 22; ena þriðju, the third, Vsp. 20; inn móður-lausi mögr, Fm. 2; it gjalla gull, ok it glóðrauða fé, 9; ið fyrsta orð, Sdm. 14; enu skírleita goði, Gm. 39; in glýstömu græti, Hðm. 1; in svásu goð, Vþm. 17; enum frægja syni, Hm. 141; at ins tryggva vinar, 66; ennar góðu konu, 100; ins svinna mans, 162; ens dýra mjaðar, 141; ens hindra dags, 109; ens unga mans, Skm. 11; ens deykkva hrafns, Skv. 2. 20; æ til ins eina dags, Fm. 10; ena níundu hverja nótt, Skm. 21: with the ordinals, inn fyrsti, þriði …, Gm. 6 sqq., Sdm. 21 sqq.
    2. so also before an adverb; it sama, likewise, Hm. 75, Fm. 4, Vþm. 22, 23, Gm. 15, Hdl. 26.
    3. as an indecl. particle ‘in’ or ‘en’ before a comparative; in heldr, the more, Hm. 60, Sdm. 36, Hkv. 1. 12, Skv. 1. 21, Gh. 3, Nj. 219; in lengr, the longer, Am. 58, 61; this has been already mentioned s. v. en (p. 127, B. at bottom, and p. 128), but it is almost exclusively poetical.
    II. placed between a pronoun and an adjective in the definite form:
    1. after a demonstr.; sá inn fráni ormr, Fm. 26; sá inn harði hallr, Gs. 10; sá inn aldni jötun, Skm. 25; sá inn ámáttki jötunn, 10; þat ið mikla men, Þkv. 13; þat ið litla, ‘that the little,’ i. e. the little thing, Ls. 44: þann inn alsvinna jötun, Vþm. 1; þann inn aldna jötun, Fm. 29; þann inn hrímkalda jötun, 38; þess ins alsvinna jötuns, Vþm. 5; þat it unga man, Alm. 6; þann inn aldna jötun, Gm. 50; þau in harðmóðgu ský, 41; sá inn máttki munr, 93; mönnum þeim enum aldrœnum, Hbl. 44; börn þau in blíðu, Og. 9; hrís þat ið mæra, Akv. 5: in prose, fjölmenni þat it mikla, Eg. 46; þetta it mikla skip, Fms. x. 347, passim: with ordinals, segðu þat ið eina, say that the first, Vþm. 20; þat ið þriðja, fjórða …, 20 sqq.
    2. after a possessive; síns ins heila hugar, síns ins svára sefa, Hm. 105; þíns ins hvassa hjörs, Fm. 29; minn inn hvassi hjörr, 6; míns ins hvassa hjörs, 28; bækr þínar inar bláhvítu, Hðm.
    3. after a pers. pron.: þú hinn armi, thou wretch! Ld. 326; gakk þú hingat hinn mikli maðr! Eg. 488.
    III. placed between two nouns in apposition:
    1. between a proper name and a title or epithet in the definite form; Sigurðr inn Suðræni, Sigurd the Southerner, Skv. 3. 4; Atli inn Ríki, Akv. 29; Högna ins frækna, Hjalla ins blauða, 23; Guðröðr inn Göfugláti, Ýt.; Hamðir inn hugumstóri, Hðm. 25; Kjötva’nn (= Kjötva enn) Auðga, Hornklofi; Svan enum Rauða, Álfr enn Gamli, Hdl.; as also in prose, Ívarr inn Víðfaðmi, Haraldr enn Hárfagri, Ólafr inn Digri, Knútr inn Fundni, Auðr in Djúpauðga, Þorbjörg in Digra, Hildr in Mjófa, Steinólfr inn Lági, Þorkell inn Hávi, Kjarlakr inn Gamli, Björn inn Austræni, Ólafr inn Hvíti, Hálfdan inn Svarti, Sighvatr inn Rauði, Kyjólfr inn Grá, Gestr inn Spaki; Ari inn Fróði (Aren Froðe contr. = Are enn Froðe, Ó. T. 23, line 1), Ketill inn Heimski, Knútr inn Ríki, Eadvarðr inn Góði, Hálfdan inn Mildi, Ingjaldr inn Illráði, Helgi inn Magri, Úlfr inn Skjálgi, Landn., Fb. iii; cp. Gr. Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων, Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος, Germ. Nathan der Weise, Engl. Alfred the Great, etc.: of ships, Ormr inn Langi, Ormr inn Skammi.
    2. between an appellative and an adjective; sveinn inn hvíti, Ls. 20; hendi inni hægri, 61; þengill inn meins-vani, Gm. 16; seggr inn ungi, Skm. 2; skati inn ungi, Hdl. 9; brúðr in kappsvinna, Am. 75; hest inn hraðfæra, Gh. 18; varr inn vígfrækni, gumi inn gunnhelgi, Hðm. 30; auð inn fagra, Skv. 1. 13; orm inn frána, 1, 11; fjánda inn fólkská, Fm. 37; konungr inn Húnski, Skv. 3. 8, 18, 63, 64; orð ið fyrra, Og. 9; mál ið efsta, 16; seggr inn suðræni, Akv. 3; seggr inn æri, 6; mar’inum mélgreypa, 3, 13; borg inni há, 14; sól inni suðrhöllu, 30; veðrs ens mikla, Hkv. 1. 12; handar ennar hægri, Ls. 38, 61; vífs ins vegliga, Am. 54; konung inn kostsama, Hkm.; gramr inn glaðværi, id.; hlut inn mjóvara, Ýt. 13; konungr inn kynstóri, fylkir inn framlyndi, hilmi’nom hálsdigra, konu’na Dönsku, hverr’ enni Heinversku, Hornklofi, Sæm. (Möb.) 228–231; við arm inn vestra, Sighvat; so also in prose passim.
    B. When there was no adjective the article became a suffix to the noun (see Gramm. pp. xix, xx), a usage common even in early prose, but extremely rare in poetry; the reason is, not that the poems were composed before the suffixed article had come into use, but that the metres themselves in which all the old poems were composed are older than that usage, and are not well adapted to it, so that the absence of the article became traditional. The old poem Harbarðsljóð makes an exception, no doubt not from being later than all other poems, but from being composed in a peculiar metre, half verse and half prose; thus in that single poem alone there are nearly twenty instances, or about twice or thrice as many as in all the other poems together:—váginn, Hbl. 2, 13, 15; sundit, 1, 3, 8, 13; verðinum, 4; eikjunni, 7; skipit, id.; stöðna, landit, id.; leiðina, 55; höfuðit, 15; bátinum, 53; veggsins, stokksins, steinsins, 56; matrinn, 3: other solitary instances are, goðin öll, Vsp. 27 (prob. somewhat corrupt); eiki-köstinn, Gh. 20; vömmin vár, Ls. 52.
    II. in prose, old and modern, the suffixed article occurs at every step; only one or two instances are worth noticing as peculiar to the Icelandic:
    1. as vocative in addressing; konan, O woman! mjöðnannan, id., Sighvat (in a verse of A. D. 1018, and so in mod. usage); elskan! hjartað! heillin! ástin, my love! dear! heart! þursinn! Fas. i. 385; hundarnir! = ω κύνες, Od. xxii. 35: also with another word, barnið gott, good child! Þrúðnaþussinn, thou monster giant! Miðgarðs-ormrinn! Fas. i. 373.
    2. esp. if with a possessive adjective following, as in Gr. οὑμός, τοὐμόν, τἀμά, etc.; elskan mín, ástin mín, hjartað mitt, góðrinn minn! hér er nú ástin mín, here is my darling! Sturl. ii. 78, of a father presenting a darling child to a friend; and so in mod. usage: as abuse, hundrinn þinn, thou dog! Ísl. ii. 176; þjófrinn þinn! Fms. vii. 127; dyðrillinn þinn! ii. 279; hundinum þínum! vi. 323: this use is not confined to the vocative, e. g. konan mín biðr að heilsa, my wife (kona mín is never used); maðrinn minn, my husband; biddu foreldrana þína ( ask thy parents) að lofa þér að fara; augun hans, his eyes, Pass. 24. 4; hugrinn vor og hjartað sé, our mind and heart (cp. Gr. τω ἐμω θυμω), 43. 5; svo hjartað bæði og málið mitt | mikli samhuga nafnið þitt, 10. 7; gef þú að móður-málið mitt, 35. 9; bókin mín, my favourite book, my own book; as also, fáðu mér hattinn minn, vetlingana mína, skóna mína, give me my hat, gloves, shoes; tungan í þér, augun í þér, thy tongue, thy eyes; höfuðið á mér, fætrnir á mér, my head, my feet; hendrnar á þér (‘á mér, á þér’ are here equivalent to a possessive, see p. 37, C. IV), thy hands, cp. Homer, τα σα γούνατα; hestana þína, Gr. ϊππους τους σούς: similar is the instance, vömmin vár, the sins of ours, Ls. 52; this may be a remnant of a time when the article was used separately, even with an indefinite adjective.
    3. a double article, one suffixed to the noun and the other prefixed to the word in apposition; hirðin sú in Danska, Fms. vi. 323; þau in stóru skipin, viii. 384 and passim: again, when a noun is put in the genitive after another noun the former has no article; as the Engl. phrase ‘the fish of the sea and the fowl of the air’ is in Icel. ‘fiskar sjávarins og fuglar loptsins:’ but this belongs to the syntax; see also Grimm’s D. G. iv. 432.
    C. SPECIAL CHANGES, in mod. usage:
    I. the demonstr. pron. sá, sú, það has in speech generally taken the place of inn, in, it; thus, sá gamli maðr, sú gamla kona, það gamla skáld; sometimes the article is dropped altogether, e. g. á fimta degi, on the fifth day (= á enum fimta degi); á sömn stundu, in the same hour; even in old writers this is found, með sömu ætlan, Bs. i. 289; á níundu tíð dags, Stj. 41, (but rarely); yet the old form is often retained in writing.
    II. in case A. II. the article may be dropped; þann gamla maim, þá gömlu konu, það gamla skáld, þú armi, etc.; sá ráða-góði, sú goðum-líki, sá ágæti Odysseifr, sú vitra Penelopa, sá Jarðkringjandi Pósídon, Od. passim (in Dr. Egilsson’s translation).
    III. in case A. III. 1. the article is also dropped, Knútr Ríki, Haraldr Hárfagri; even old writers (esp. in later vellums) omitted it now and then, Hálfdan Svarta, Fms. i. 1; Haraldr Grænski, 90; Haraldr Hárfagri, 192; Óttarr ungi, Hdl.: even in the Sæm. Cod. Reg., Völsungr ungi, Skv. 3. 1, 3.
    IV. in case A. III. 2. the pronouns sá, sú, það, and hinn, hin, hit may be used indiscriminately, although the former is more usual.
    V. lastly, in case B. the suffixed article has gained ground, and is in modern prose used more freq. than in ancient.
    ☞ CONCLUSION.—The old poetical language, with the sole exception of a single poem, had no article in the modern and proper sense; in every instance the ‘inn, in, it’ bears the character of a demonstrative pronoun, preceding an adjective and enhancing and emphasising its sense, like the pers. pron. hann, q. v.; but it is never attached to a single substantive; when the adjective was placed in apposition after a noun, the pronoun came to stand as an enclitic just after the noun, and was sounded as if suffixed thereto; at last it was tacked as an actual suffix to single nouns standing without apposition, and thus the true suffixed article gradually arose, first in speech, then in writing; whereas at the same time the old pronominal enclitic (A. I-III) gradually went out of use, and was either dropped or replaced by the stronger demonstrative pronoun ‘sá, sú.’
    2.
    HIN, HITT, demonstr. pron., prob. identical in etymology with the preceding word, from which it is however distinguished,
    1. by the neut. hitt, Dan. hint;
    2. by the initial aspirate, which is never dropped;
    3. by being a fully accentuated pronoun, so that the h can stand as an alliterative letter, e. g. handar ennar hægri | mun ek hinnar geta, Ls.; veitkat ek hitt hvart Heita | hungr …, Hallfred; Hitt kvað þá Hamðir, etc., Hom. 23, 25, Korm. 40; Raun er hins at Heinir | hræ …; Skáld biðr hins at haldi | hjálm …, Sighvat, Hkv. Hjörv. 26: [Ulf. jains = ἐκεινος; A. S. geond; Engl. yon; Germ. jener.]
    A. This pronoun is used,
    I. in a demonstr. sense, emphatically and without being opp. to a preceding demonstr.; raun er hins at …, it is proved that …; skáld biðr hins, at …, Sighvat; veitkat ek hitt hvat (hvárt) …, Hallfred; hitt ek hugða, emphatically, that was what I thought, I thought forsooth, Hm. 98; hitt kvað pá Hróðrglóð, Hðm. 13; hitt kvað þá Hamðir, 25; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know, Vþm. 3, 6; þó ek hins get, ef …, yet I guess, that if …, Skm. 24; vita skal hitt, ef …, Korm. 40 (in a verse), Ísl. ii. 225 (in a verse); hitt var fyrr = in former times, formerly, Ýt., Fs. 94 (in a verse); hinn er sæll, er …, he is happy, that …, Hm. 8; maðr hinn er …, ‘man he that’ = the man who, 26; hinn er Surts ór Sökkdölum, Edda 51 (in a verse); veitat hinn er tin tannar, hinn er um eyki annask, Kormak (in a verse); handar innar hægri mun ek hinnar geta, er …, the right hand, that hand namely, which …, Ls. 38; this usage scarcely occurs except in old poetry.
    II. demonstr. referring to another pronoun, denoting the former, farther, the other, = Dan. hiin, hint, Germ. jener, cp. Gr. ἐκεινος, Lat. ille; freq. in prose, old and mod.; fóru þeir með þau skip er þeim þóttu bezt en brenndu hin, Fms. v. 8; Kimbi bar sár sitt engan mun betr en hinir, er hann hafði áðr á fært, 92; en hitt er meira, at hann lætr sér annarra manna fé jafnheimilt, Eg. 47; kemr örvar-oddrinn í strenglag hinnar örvarinnar, Fb. iii. 405; er þú hefir mik fyrir lagt á hinu áðr, 407; hinir frændr þínir, ii. 425; á hinn fótinn, on that, the other leg, Nj. 97; þat er válítið, … hitt er undr …, Ls. 33; hinir hlaða seglunum ok bíða, Fms. x. 347; ef hinn ( the other part) er eigi þar við staddr, Grág. i. 52; hvárt hinn ( the other one) hefir jafnmikit fé hins ( of the other one) er austr er, 220; rétt er at kveðja frá hennar heimili ef hann veit hvártki hinna (gen. pl.), 339; ok vill annarr hluta en annarr eigi … ok verðr sem hinn mæli ekki um er eigi vill hluta, 393; ef maðr sendir annan mann til eindaga, ok erat hinn skyldr við at taka, id.; þess á milli er hón fór at sofa á kveldit, ok hins er hón var klædd, Ld. 14; ærit fögr er mær sjá, … en hitt veit ek eigi hvaðan þjófs-augu eru komin í ættir várar, forsooth she is a beautiful girl, but yet I know not, Nj. 2:—demonstr. in the sense of this (but rare), stjörnur þær er nær eru leiðar-stjöruu ganga aldri undir með oss, en í Blálandi eðr Arabia ganga hinar stjörnur, these very stars, Rb. 468: phrases, hitt ok annat, this and the other, Rd. 235; mod. hitt og þetta.
    B. COMPOUND FORMS, hinn-ug, hinn-og, or hins-ig, mod. hins-egin, also hizig, q. v. [from vegr], adv. the other way; þótt Gísl þykki hinsig (hinn veg, v. l.) eigi síðr til vísa, Fms. vii. 46; hinnig værir þú undir brún at líta sem …, Nj. 55: locally, there, in the other place, illic, ok láta bera vætti þat hinneg var nefnt, Grág. i. 90; heimta af erfingja ef hinnig er eigi til, K. Þ. K. 28; brenndi þar ok görði hervirki eigi minna enn hinneg, Fms. vi. 340; ef hinnig mundi kostr, K. Þ. K. 24; eigi er hægra undir þeim at búa fyrir kulda sakir, enn hinnog er fyrir ofrhita sakir, Sks. 196; því at hón er kaldari hér en hizug, 70: temp. the other day, formerly (rare), er ek hinnig mælta, Og. 11.
    2. denoting motion, hither, thither; hinnig deyja ór Helju halir, Vþm. 43; renna hinnig, Gh. 18; ríða hinig, Fm. 26: koma hinig, Gs. 18.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HINN

  • 17 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 18 EK

    I) pers. pron. I;
    in poetry and old prose a pronominal k is suffixed to the verb, emk = em ek, vask = vas ek; sák = sá ek; mundak = munda ek; even if preceded by ek: ek sék, ek sitk; a preceding g becomes by assimilation k, hykk = hygg ek; the pronominal k is inserted between the suffixed negative, -a or -at, and the verb, sáka = sá ek-a, I saw not; veitka = veit ek-a, I know not.
    II) from aka.
    * * *
    pers. pron., mod. eg, proncd. ég or jeg; eg occurs as early as in MSS. of the 15th century, Arna-Magn. 556 A; jak, Fms. x. 287, cp. the mod. Swed. form and the mod. Icel. jeg; old poets make it rhyme with ek, as, Halldórr ok ek | höfum engi þrek, Korm. 154 (in a verse), cp. Ld. 108: [Ulf. ïk, but ek on the Golden horn and on the stone in Tune; A. S. ic; Engl. I; Germ. ich; old Swed. jak, mod. jag; Dan. jeg; cp. Lat. ego, Gr. ἐγώ]:—I, Nj. 10, 30, 132, etc.
    2. in poetry and old prose a pronominal ‘k or ‘g is suffixed to the verb; em’k búinn annan í at nefna, Grág. i. 103; ek em’k, 623. 56, Blas. 41, Mork. 89, 94, 99, 104, Vþm. 8, Ls. 14, Ad. 1, Post. 645. 33; jók’k, ‘I eked’ ( added), Íb. (pref.); vas’k þar fjórtán vetr, ch. 9; þá er ek var’k á bænum, Blas. 40, Hm. 12; ek bað’k, Post. 645. 54; ek kom’k, Skm. 18; ek sit’k, Mork. 168; ek finn’k, 141; ek nam’k, 73; sá’k, 75; ek sé’k ( video), 103, 168, Fms. xi. 110; mun’k-at ek, Mork. 50; svá ek vind’k, Hm. 156; ok rít’k á þessa lund, Skálda (Thorodd) 166; sjá’k ( sim), Mork. 183: g before k becomes by assimilation k, e. g. hyk’k = hygg’k, Skm. 5: the pronominal k is inserted between the suffixed negative and the verb, ek skal’k-a, hef’k-a, mon’k-a, sa’k-a, ma’k-a, veit’k-a, or skal’k-a ek, hef’k-a ek, etc.: even a double k after a diphthong, siá’kk ( sim), Mork. 89, 134, but chiefly in poetry with the suffixed negative, e. g. ek sé’kk-a: this form is obsolete, whereas the suffixed g (or k) in bisyllables or after a vowel is more freq.; svá at ek fæ’k eigi leyzt mik, Edda 20; er ek vilda’g helzt, Fms. xi. 146; eigi munda’k trúa, Edda 32; ef ek lifi ok mega’k ráða, 34; þá hafða’k bundit með gresjarni, id.; sem önga frægð muna’k af hljóta, 20; sýnda’k bæði þeim ok Sæmundi, Íb. (pref.); þá er ek var heima heyrða’k sagt, Edda 81; er ek aeva kenni’g, Hm. 164; draums ætli’g þér, Hdl. 7; þorða’g, Ad. 1; ræka’g, mætta’g, Stor. 8; sky’t ek ok ræ’k (ræ’g, v. l.), Fms. vi. 170 (in a verse); líkara at ek vitja’g hingat þessa heita, Eg. 319; næða’k (or næða’g), if I could reach, Eb. 70 (in a verse); at ek nemni þá menn alla ok beiði’g, Grág. ii. 317; vilja’k, I will, Ht. 1; þvíat ek ætla’g, Ó. H. 59; ok náða’k svá öllu ríki þeirra, 74; þvíat ek trúi’k yðr bezt, 88; ek setta’k, Mork. 62; flytta’k, 94; geri’k, heyrða’k, 36; mæli’g, 39; ek vetti’g, 175; tefli’g, 186; setta’g, lagða’g, id.; vilda’g, 193; vide Lex. Poët. and the word ‘-at’ [p. 2]: sometimes a double pronoun occurs, g and k, mátti’g-a’k, Og. 32; bjargi’g-a’k, Hm. 153; stöðvi’g-a’k, 151; hversu ek má’k, Fms. vi. 102; vide Lex. Poët. and Frump. 228 sqq.
    B. DAT. AND ACC. are from a different root:—dat. mér, [Ulf. mis; Germ. mir; lost in Dan.], Nj. 10, etc. etc.; acc. mik, mod. mig, which form occurs even in MSS. at the beginning of the 14th century, e. g. Hauks-bók: mek occurs now and then in MSS., e. g. O. H. L., N. G. L., Sks. B, else it is rare and obsolete, Al. 42, Ó. H. 107, [Ulf. mik; A. S. mec; Engl. me; Germ. mich; Dan. mig.] As the word is so common, we shall only mention the use of mik which is special to the Scandinavian tongue, viz. its use as a verbal suffix. The ancients had a double form for the reflexive; for 1st pers. -mk, i. e. mik suffixed to the plur. of the verb; for the 3rd pers. -sk, i. e. sik suffixed to sing. and plur. alike; thus, ek (vér) þykkjumk, I (we) seem to myself ( ourselves); but hann þykkisk, he seems to himself; þeir þykkjask, they seem to themselves: the -mk was later changed into -mz, or - mst of editions and mod. use; but this is a grammatical decay, as if both - mst and -st (þykjumst and þykist) arose from the same reflex. sik.
    1. the subject may be another person or thing (plur. or sing.) and the personal pronoun mik suffixed as object to the verb, a kind of middle voice found in very old poems, and where it occurs freq. it is a test of antiquity; in prose it is quite obsolete: jötna vegir stóðum’k yfir ok undir, the ways of giants (i. e. precipices) stood above and beneath me, Hm. 106; er lögðum’k arm yfir, the lass who laid her arms round me, 108; mögr hétum’k fögru, my son promised me fair, Egil; hilmir buðum’k löð (acc.), the king gave me leave, i. e. bade me, sing, Höfuðl. 2; úlfs bagi gáfum’k íþrótt, the wolf’s foe ( Odin) gave me the art ( poetry), Stor. 23; Ragnarr gáfum’k reiðar mána, R. gave me the shield, Bragi; þat erum’k sýnt, it is shewn to me, id.; stöndum’k ilmr fyrir yndi, the lass blights my joy, Kormak; hugr tjáðum’k, courage helped me, Egil; snertum’k harmr við hjarta, grief touches me to the heart, Landn.; stöndum’k til hjarta hjörr, the sword pierces me to the heart, Fm. i; feldr brennum’k, my cloak catches fire, Gm. 1; draum dreymðum’k, I dreamed a dream; grimt várum’k hlið, the gap ( breach) was terrible to me, Stor. 6; hálf ván féllum’k, half my hope failed me, Gráfeldar-drápa; heiðnir rekkar hnekðum’k, the heathen men turned me out, Sighvat; dísir hvöttum’k at, the ‘dísir’ hooted us, Hðm. 29; gumi görðum’k at vigi, the man made us fight, id.; lyst várum’k, it list me, Am. 74: very common is erum’k, ‘tis to me (us); erum’k van, I (we) have to expect; mjök erum’k tregt tungu at hræra, ‘tis hard for me to move the tongue, i. e. the tongue cleaves to my mouth, Stor. 1, 17, Ad. 16.
    2. sometimes oneself is the subject, freq. in prose and poetry, either in deponent verbs or as reflex. or recipr.; at vit skilim’k sáttir, Ó. H. 119; at vér komim’k, that we shall come, 85; finnum’k hér þá, 108; ef vér finnum’k, 111; ek skildum’k við Ólaf konung, 126; ef ek komum’k í braut, 140; sigrom’k, if I gain the victory, 206; æðrom’k, 214; ef ek öndum’k, if I die, Eg. 127; ek berum’k, I bear myself, Grág. ii. 57, Mork. passim; ek þykkjum’k, þóttum’k, ráðum’k, látum’k, setjum’k, bjóðum’k, skildum’k, kveljum’k, etc., = ek þykisk, þóttisk, ræðsk, lætsk, setsk, býðsk, skildisk, kvelsk, etc.: even at the present day the forms eg þykjumst, þóttumst are often used in writing; in other words the suffix - mst (-mk) is almost obsolete.
    β. the obsolete interjection er mik = I am; vel er mik, well is me (= ‘bless me!’), O. H. L. 71; æ er mik, ah me! 64; kendr er mik, I am known, 66: with a reflex. notion, hvat er mik at því, what is that to me? Skv. 1. 28; er mik þat undir frétt þeirri, that is my reason for asking, Grág. i. 19:—this ‘er mik’ is clearly the remains of the old erum’k.
    C. DUAL AND PLUR. also from a different root:
    1. dual vit, mod. við, a Norse form mit also occurs, Al. 170, 171, [cp. mi, Ivar Aasen]:—we two; gen. and dat. from a different root, okkar and okkr, [cp. Goth. ïggqis; A. S. inc and incer; O. H. G. inch and inchar; Ivar Aasen dikke and dykk]:—our.
    2. plur.:
    α. nom. vér and vær, the last form now obsolete, [Goth. veis; A. S. and Engl. we; Germ. wir; Dan. vi]:—we.
    β. gen. vár, mod. vor, Eg. 524, Fms. viii. 213, 398, etc.
    γ. dat. and acc. oss, [Goth. uns (acc.), unsis (dat.); A. S. us; Germ. uns; Swed. oss; Dan. os]:—us: it need only be noticed that in mod. familiar usage the dual—við, okkr, okkar—has taken the place of the plural, vér, oss; but that in written books the forms vér, oss are still in freq. use, except in light or familiar style; old writers, on the other hand, made a clear distinction both in speech and writing.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EK

  • 19 encore

    encore [ɑ̃kɔʀ]
    adverb
       a. ( = toujours) still
       b. ► pas encore not yet
       c. ( = pas plus tard que) only
       d. ( = de nouveau) again
    • encore une fois non ! how many times do I have to tell you: no!
    • encore vous ! you again!
    • quoi encore ? what is it this time?
       e. ( = de plus, en plus) more
    • encore un ! one more!
    • encore une tasse ? another cup?
    • encore un peu de thé ? more tea?
    • encore quelques gâteaux ? more cakes?
    • encore un mot, avant de terminer one more word before I finish
    • que te faut-il encore ? what else do you want?
    • mais encore ? could you explain further?
       g. (restrictif) il en est sûrement capable, encore faut-il qu'il le fasse he's obviously capable, but whether he does it or not is another matter
    • on t'en donnera peut-être 100 €, et encore they might give you 100 euros for it, if that
    • c'est passable, et encore ! it's passable but only just!
    ► encore que ( = quoique) even though
    * * *
    ɑ̃kɔʀ
    1.
    1) ( toujours) still

    tu en es encore là? — fig haven't you got GB ou gotten US beyond that by now?

    qu'il soit impoli passe encore, mais... — the fact that he's rude is one thing, but...

    encore heureux or une chance que je m'en sois aperçu — it's lucky that I realized

    cela ne s'est encore jamais vu/fait — it has never been seen/done before

    3) ( de nouveau) again

    encore! — ( à un spectacle) more!

    4) ( davantage) more

    c'est encore mieux/moins — it's even better/less

    5) ( en plus)

    qu'est-ce qu'il te faut encore? — fig what more do you need ou want?

    et puis quoi encore! — (colloq) what next! (colloq)

    6) ( toutefois)

    il ne suffit pas d'avoir de bonnes idées, encore faut-il savoir les exprimer — it's not enough to have good ideas, one must be able to articulate them

    7) ( seulement) only, just

    il y a encore trois mois — only ou just three months ago


    2.
    et encore locution adverbiale if that

    3.
    encore que locution conjonctive ( bien que) even though

    ••
    Lorsqu'il signifie toujours, encore se traduit généralement par still dans une phrase affirmative ou interrogative: il était encore étudiant quand il s'est marié = he was still a student when he got married; habite-t-elle encore ici? = does she still live here?; pas encore se traduit par not yet: elle n'était pas encore mariée quand elle a eu son premier bébé = she wasn't yet married when she had her first baby, she still wasn't married when she had her first baby; il n'est pas encore rentré = he hasn't come home yet, he still hasn't come home; dans ce dernier cas, still marque l'étonnement ou l'exaspération, alors que yet indique un énoncé neutre des faits
    * * *
    ɑ̃kɔʀ adv

    Il y travaille encore. — He's still working on it.

    Il est encore au travail. — He's still at work.

    Il n'est pas encore rentré. — He isn't home yet.

    2) (= de nouveau) again

    Il m'a encore demandé de l'argent. — He asked me for money again.

    J'irai encore demain. — I'll go again tomorrow.

    3) (= de plus)

    encore un...; encore une... — one more..., another...

    Il reste encore deux morceaux de gâteau. — There are two pieces of cake left.

    4) (intensif) even, still

    encore plus fort — even louder, louder still

    encore mieux — even better, better still

    non seulement..., mais encore... — not only..., but also...

    5)
    * * *
    encore ⇒ Note d'usage
    A adv
    1 ( toujours) still; je m'en souviens encore I still remember; il n'est encore que midi it's only midday; tu en es encore là? fig haven't you got GB ou gotten US beyond that by now?; il se plaignait, encore et toujours he was complaining as usual; hier soir encore elle allait bien only yesterday evening she was fine; qu'il soit impoli passe encore, mais je n'accepte pas sa méchanceté the fact that he's rude is one thing, but I won't tolerate his nastiness; encore heureux ou une chance que je m'en sois aperçu it's lucky that I realized;
    2 ( toujours pas) pas encore not yet; tu n'as encore rien vu you haven't seen anything yet; cela ne s'est encore jamais vu/fait it has never been seen/done before; je n'ai encore jamais pu être tranquille ici up to now, I've never had any peace here; les abricots ne sont pas encore mûrs the apricots aren't ripe yet; les abricots ne sont pas encore assez mûrs the apricots aren't ripe enough yet; il n'était pas encore célèbre à cette époque at that time he wasn't yet famous; le nom de son remplaçant n'est pas encore connu the name of his replacement is still not known; ce n'est pas encore de leur âge they're not old enough yet; on n'en est pas encore là we haven't got to that stage yet; ce n'est pas encore sûr it still isn't definite, it's not definite yet;
    3 ( de nouveau) again; les prix ont encore augmenté prices have gone up again; encore toi! you again!; elle a encore gagné/perdu she has won/lost again; encore de la purée! not mashed potatoes again!; encore! ( à un spectacle) encore!; encore une fois ou un coup once again, one more time; c'est encore une histoire d'amour it's another love story; qu 'est-ce que j'ai encore fait? what have I done now?; il m'en reste encore autant à faire I've still got as much to do again; j'ai encore cassé une assiette I've broken another plate; elle s'est encore acheté une nouvelle robe she has bought herself yet another new dress; son dernier livre est encore un roman policier his/her last book is also a ou is another detective novel; là encore, fais attention ( à cet endroit aussi) be careful there too ou as well; là encore, tu dois utiliser le subjonctif there again, you must use the subjunctive; ici encore on retrouve le thème de la mort here again we find the theme of death;
    4 ( davantage) more; j'en veux encore I want some more; mange encore un peu have some more to eat; mange encore un peu d'agneau have some more lamb; je vais travailler encore un peu I'm going to do a little more work; tu devrais encore raccourcir ta robe you should take your dress up a little more; cela va encore aggraver les choses it's going to make things even worse; c'est encore mieux/pire it's even better/worse; encore moins/plus even less/more; il fait encore plus froid que d'habitude it's even colder than usual; elle est encore plus grande que moi she's even taller than me;
    5 ( en plus) veux-tu encore un gâteau? would you like another cake?; pendant encore trois jours for another three days; tu as encore 10 minutes you've still got 10 minutes, you've got another 10 minutes; on a encore 100 km à faire we (still) have another 100 km to do; il me reste encore 100 euros I've still got 100 euros left; que dois-je prendre encore? what else shall I take?; qu'est-ce qu'il te faut encore? fig what more do you need ou want?; et puis quoi encore○! what next○! ; quoi encore! what now!; qui encore! who is it now!; mais encore? which is to say?; que dire encore? what else can be said?; ou encore or else; vous pouvez pratiquer la natation, la plongée sous-marine ou encore vous initier à la voile you can swim, go scuba diving, or else learn to sail;
    6 ( toutefois) il ne suffit pas d'avoir de bonnes idées, encore faut-il savoir les exprimer it's not enough to have good ideas, one must be able to articulate them; encore faut-il qu'elle accepte but she still has to accept; encore, s'il voulait travailler, ce serait déjà bien if he were at least prepared to work, it would be something; si encore il était généreux, cela compenserait if he were at least generous, that would make up for a lot;
    7 ( seulement) only, just; il était pratiquement inconnu il y a encore trois mois he was practically unknown only ou just three months ago.
    B et encore loc adv if that; c'est tout au plus mangeable, et encore! it's only just edible, if that!; en voyage, elle n'emporte que sa brosse à dents, et encore! when she travels, she only takes her toothbrush with her, if that!
    C encore que loc conj ( bien que) even though; encore qu'il soit jeune, il a déjà beaucoup de talent even though he's young, he's already very talented; ce n'est pas mal, encore que cela pourrait être mieux it's not bad, but it could still be better.
    [ɑ̃kɔr] adverbe
    1. [toujours] still
    2. [pas plus tard que] only
    ce matin encore, il était d'accord only this morning he was in agreement
    3. [dans des phrases négatives]
    encore rien still nothing, nothing yet
    4. [de nouveau]
    tu manges encore! you're not eating again, are you!
    encore une fois, c'est non! the answer's still no!
    si tu fais ça encore une fois... if you do that again ou one more time ou once more...
    encore de la glace? some more ou a little more ice-cream?
    a. [dans une énumération] what else?
    b. (familier) [ton irrité] now what?
    a. [dans une émunération] what else?
    c. [marquant l'incrédulité] whatever next?
    elle est bien élevée, charmante, mais encore? she's well brought-up and charming, and (apart from that)?
    5. [davantage]
    [devant un comparatif]
    encore pire even ou still worse
    6. [introduisant une restriction]
    c'est bien beau d'avoir des projets, encore faut-il les réaliser it's all very well having plans, but the important thing is to put them into practice
    si encore il ou encore s'il était franc, on lui pardonnerait if only ou if at least he was honest you could forgive him
    je t'en donne 100 euros, et encore! I'll give you 100 euros for it, if that!
    et encore, on ne sait pas tout! and even then we don't know the half of it!
    encore que locution conjonctive
    j'aimerais y aller, encore qu'il soit tard I'd like to go even though it's late

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > encore

  • 20 BRÓÐIR

    (gen., dat., and acc. bróður, pl. brœðr), m.
    2) friar.
    * * *
    gen. dat. acc. bróður; pl. nom. acc. bræðr, gen. bræðra, dat. bræðrum: in mod. common usage irregular forms occur, as gen. sing. bróðurs; nom. sing., and gen. dat. acc. are also sometimes confounded, esp. in keeping the nom. form bróðir through all cases, or even the reverse (but rarely) in taking bróður as a nom.; another irregularity is acc. pl. with the article, bræður-nar instead of bræður-na, which latter form only survives in writing, the former in speaking. There is besides an obsolete poetical monosyllabic form brœðr, in nom. dat. acc. sing. and nom. acc. pl.; gen. sing. bræðrs; cp. such rhymes as brœðr—œðri, in a verse of Einar Skúlason (died about 1170); bræðr (dat.) Sinfjötla, Hkv. 2. 8, as nom. sing., Fagrsk. 54, v. l. (in a verse), etc., cp. Lex. Poët. This form is very rare in prose, vide however Nj., Lat. Vers. Johnsonius, 204, 333, v. 1., and a few times in Stj., e. g. síns bræðr, sinn bræðr, 160; it seems to be a Norse form, but occurs now and then in Icel. poetry even of the 15th century, e. g. bræðr nom. sing. rhymes with ræðr, Skáld H. 3. 11, G. H. M. ii. 482, but is quite strange to the spoken language: [Gr. φράτηρ; Lat. frāter; Goth. brôþar; A. S. brôðar; Engl. brother; Germ. bruder; Swed.-Dan. broder, pl. brödre]:—a brother: proverbs referring to this word—saman er bræðra eign bezt at sjá, Gísl. 17; einginn or annars bróðir í leik; móður-bræðrum verða menn líkastir, Bs. i. 134: a distinction is made between b. samfeðri or sammæðri, a brother having the same father or mother, Grág. i. 170 sqq.: in mod. usage more usual al-bróðir, brother on both sides; hálf-bróðir, a half-brother; b. skilgetinn, frater germanus móður-bróðir, a mother’s brother; föður-bróðir, a father’s brother, uncle; afa-bróðir, a grand-uncle on the father’s side; ömmu bróðir, a grand-uncle on the mother’s side; tengda-bróðir, a brother-in-law: in familiar talk an uncle is called ‘brother,’ and an aunt ‘sister.’ The ties of brotherhood were most sacred with the old Scandinavians; a brotherless man was a sort of orphan, cp. the proverb, berr er hverr á baki nema sér bróður eigi; to revenge a brother’s slaughter was a sacred duty; nú tóku þeir þetta fastmælum, at hvárr þeirra skal hefna annars eðr eptir mæla, svá sem þeir sé sambornir bræðr, Bjarn. 58: the word bróðurbani signifies a deadly foe, with whom there can be no truce, Hm. 88, Sdm. 35, Skm. 16, Hdl. 28; instances from the Sagas, Dropl. S. (in fine), Heiðarv. S. ch. 22 sqq., Grett. S. ch. 50. 92 sqq., E ch. 23, Ld. ch. 53 sqq., etc. The same feeling extended to foster-brotherhood, after the rite of blending blood has been performed; see the graphical descriptions in Fbr. S. (the latter part of the Saga), Gísl. ch. 14 sqq., etc. The universal peace of Fróði in the mythical age is thus described, that ‘no one will draw the sword even if he finds his brother’s slayer bound,’ Gs. verse 6; of the slaughter preceding and foreboding the Ragnarök ( the end of the world) it is said, that brothers will fight and put one another to death, Vsp. 46.
    II. metaph.:
    1. in a heathen sense; fóst-bróðir, foster-brother, q. v.; eið-bróðir, svara-bróðir, ‘oath-brother;’ leik-bróðir, play-brother, play-fellow: concerning foster-brothership, v. esp. Gísl. ii, Fbr., Fas. iii. 375 sqq., Hervar. S., Nj. 39, Ls. 9, the phrase, blanda blóði saman.
    2. in a Christian sense, brother, brethren, N. T., H. E., Bs.
    β. a brother, friar; Svörtu-bræðr, Blackfriars; Berfættu-bræðr, q. v.; Kórs-bræðr, Fratres Canonici, Bs., etc.
    COMPDS:
    I. sing., bróður-arfr, m. a brother’s inheritance, Orkn. 96, Fms. ix. 444. bróður-bani, a, m. a brother’s bane, fratricide, Ld. 236, Fms. iii. 21, vide above. bróðiir-baugr, m. weregild due to the brother, N. G. L. i. 74. bróður-blóð, n. a brother’s blood, Stj. 42. Gen. iv. 10. bróður-bætr, f. pl. weregild for a brother, Lv. 89. bróður-dauði, a, m. a brother’s death, Gísl. 24. bróður-deild, f. = bróðurhluti, Fr. bróður-dóttir, f. a brother’s daughter, niece, Grág. i. 170, Nj. 177; bróðurdóttur son, a brother’s son, N. G. L. i. 76. bróður-dráp, n. the slaying of a brother, Stj. 43, Fms. v. 290. bróður-gildr, adj. equal in right (inheritance) to a brother, Fr. bróður-gjöld, n. pl. = bróður-bætr, Eg. 312. bróður-hefnd, f. revenge for the slaying of a brother, Sturl. ii. 68. bróður-hluti, a, m. the share (as to weregild or inheritance) of a brother, Grág. ii. 175. bróður-kona, u, f. a brother’s wife, K. Á. 142. bróöur-kván, f. id., N. G. L. i. 170. bróður-lóð, n. a brother’s share of inheritance. bróður-son, m. a brother’s son, nephew, Nj. 122, Grág. i. 171, Gþl. 239, 240; bróðursona-baugr, Grág. ii. 179.
    II. pl., bræðra-bani, v. bróðurbani, Fbr. 165. bræðra-búr, n. a friar’s bower in a monastery, Dipl. v. 18. bræðra-börn, n. pl. cousins (agnate), Gþl. 245. bræðra-dætr, f. pl. nieces(of brothers), Gþl. 246. bræðra-eign, f. property of brothers, Gísl. 17. bræðra-garðr, m. a ‘brothers-yard,’ monastery, D. N. bræðra-lag, n. fellowship of brethren, in heathen sense = fóstbræðralag, Hkr. iii. 300; of friars, H. E., D. I.; brotherhood, Pass. 9. 6. bræðra-mark, n. astron., the Gemini, Pr. 477. bræðra-skáli, a, m. an apartment for friars, Vm. 109. bræðra-skipti, n. division of inheritance among brothers, Hkr. iii. 52, Fas. i. 512. bræðra-synir, m. pl. cousins (of brothers), Gþl. 53.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BRÓÐIR

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Even in the Quietest Moments — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda Even in the Quietest Moments... Álbum de Supertramp Publicación Abril de 1977 Grabación Noviembre de 1976 enero …   Wikipedia Español

  • The Half-Way Girl — was a silent picture filmed around the Jersey Shore in 1925. PlotDoris Kenyon plays Poppy La Rue, an actress who winds up stranded in Singapore when her theatrical troupe goes bust. She winds up in the Red light district where she works as a… …   Wikipedia

  • List of creatures in the Half-Life series — The following is a list of creatures from the Half Life universe.Creatures from XenXen is where the majority of the aliens in Valve s Half Life series originate.VortigauntGargantuaThe Gargantua, nicknamed Garg , is mostly blue in color, has a… …   Wikipedia

  • Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince — HPBooks caption = UK children s edition name = Harry Potter and the Half Blood Prince Author= J. K. Rowling Illustrator =Jason Cockcroft (UK) Mary GrandPré (US) Release date = 16 July 2005 Number in series = Six Chapter Count = 30 Page Count =… …   Wikipedia

  • The Tooth Fairy Tats 2000 — Infobox Television episode Title = The Tooth Fairy Tats 2000 Series = South Park Caption = Cartman as a tooth fairy Season = 4 Episode = 49 Airdate = April 5, 2000 Production = 402 Writer = Director = Guests = Richard Belzer as Loogie Episode… …   Wikipedia

  • The Ronnie Johns Half Hour — Format Sketch comedy Created by The 3rd Degree Starring Heath Franklin Jordan Raskopoulos Dan Ilic Felicity Ward James Pender Caz Fitzgerald Becci Gage …   Wikipedia

  • Half-Life High Definition Pack — The Half Life High Definition Pack (also commonly abbreviated to several other forms, including the Hi Def Pack, or simply HD Pack) is a content pack consisting of new and upgraded material, but mostly models, for games in the Half Life series.… …   Wikipedia

  • Half-halt — The half halt is a specific riding aid given by an equestrian to his horse, in which the driving aids and restraining aids are applied in quick succession. It is sometimes thought of as an almost halt, asking the horse to prepare to halt in… …   Wikipedia

  • The Adventures of Dr. McNinja — Dr. McNinja atop Gordito s pet raptor, Yoshi Author(s) Chris Hastings, formerly inked by Kent Archer (2006 2010), inked by Christopher Hastings (2010 present) colored by Carly Monardo (2008 2009) …   Wikipedia

  • The Claidi Journals — is a fantasy novel quartet written by Tanith Lee. A collection of the first three novels was released in 2003. Contents 1 Law of the Wolf Tower 1.1 Plot 2 Wolf Star Rise 2.1 …   Wikipedia

  • The Peachbones — are a band based out of Ashland, Ohio.HistoryThe Early Days (1994 1997) The Peachbones formed in 1994, in Ashland, Ohio by Ron Copenhaver, Matt Hoover, and Donne Copenhaver. Matthew Hoover met Ron Copenhaver s guitar before he met Ron Copenhaver …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»